Add vendor dependencies as part git repo

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/auth/OWNERS

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# See the OWNERS docs at https://go.k8s.io/owners
+
+approvers:
+  - sig-auth-authenticators-approvers
+reviewers:
+  - sig-auth-authenticators-reviewers
+labels:
+  - sig/auth

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/auth/clientauth.go

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+/*
+Package auth defines a file format for holding authentication
+information needed by clients of Kubernetes.  Typically,
+a Kubernetes cluster will put auth info for the admin in a known
+location when it is created, and will (soon) put it in a known
+location within a Container's file tree for Containers that
+need access to the Kubernetes API.
+
+Having a defined format allows:
+  - clients to be implemented in multiple languages
+  - applications which link clients to be portable across
+    clusters with different authentication styles (e.g.
+    some may use SSL Client certs, others may not, etc)
+  - when the format changes, applications only
+    need to update this code.
+
+The file format is json, marshalled from a struct authcfg.Info.
+
+Clinet libraries in other languages should use the same format.
+
+It is not intended to store general preferences, such as default
+namespace, output options, etc.  CLIs (such as kubectl) and UIs should
+develop their own format and may wish to inline the authcfg.Info type.
+
+The authcfg.Info is just a file format.  It is distinct from
+client.Config which holds options for creating a client.Client.
+Helper functions are provided in this package to fill in a
+client.Client from an authcfg.Info.
+
+Example:
+
+    import (
+        "pkg/client"
+        "pkg/client/auth"
+    )
+
+    info, err := auth.LoadFromFile(filename)
+    if err != nil {
+      // handle error
+    }
+    clientConfig = client.Config{}
+    clientConfig.Host = "example.com:4901"
+    clientConfig = info.MergeWithConfig()
+    client := client.New(clientConfig)
+    client.Pods(ns).List()
+*/
+package auth
+
+// TODO: need a way to rotate Tokens.  Therefore, need a way for client object to be reset when the authcfg is updated.
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"os"
+
+	restclient "k8s.io/client-go/rest"
+)
+
+// Info holds Kubernetes API authorization config.  It is intended
+// to be read/written from a file as a JSON object.
+type Info struct {
+	User        string
+	Password    string `datapolicy:"password"`
+	CAFile      string
+	CertFile    string
+	KeyFile     string
+	BearerToken string `datapolicy:"token"`
+	Insecure    *bool
+}
+
+// LoadFromFile parses an Info object from a file path.
+// If the file does not exist, then os.IsNotExist(err) == true
+func LoadFromFile(path string) (*Info, error) {
+	var info Info
+	if _, err := os.Stat(path); os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	data, err := ioutil.ReadFile(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	err = json.Unmarshal(data, &info)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &info, err
+}
+
+// MergeWithConfig returns a copy of a client.Config with values from the Info.
+// The fields of client.Config with a corresponding field in the Info are set
+// with the value from the Info.
+func (info Info) MergeWithConfig(c restclient.Config) (restclient.Config, error) {
+	var config = c
+	config.Username = info.User
+	config.Password = info.Password
+	config.CAFile = info.CAFile
+	config.CertFile = info.CertFile
+	config.KeyFile = info.KeyFile
+	config.BearerToken = info.BearerToken
+	if info.Insecure != nil {
+		config.Insecure = *info.Insecure
+	}
+	return config, nil
+}
+
+// Complete returns true if the Kubernetes API authorization info is complete.
+func (info Info) Complete() bool {
+	return len(info.User) > 0 ||
+		len(info.CertFile) > 0 ||
+		len(info.BearerToken) > 0
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/OWNERS

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# See the OWNERS docs at https://go.k8s.io/owners
+
+approvers:
+  - thockin
+  - lavalamp
+  - smarterclayton
+  - wojtek-t
+  - deads2k
+  - caesarxuchao
+  - liggitt
+  - ncdc
+reviewers:
+  - thockin
+  - lavalamp
+  - smarterclayton
+  - wojtek-t
+  - deads2k
+  - derekwaynecarr
+  - caesarxuchao
+  - mikedanese
+  - liggitt
+  - janetkuo
+  - justinsb
+  - soltysh
+  - jsafrane
+  - dims
+  - ingvagabund
+  - ncdc

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/controller.go

@@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	utilruntime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/wait"
+	"k8s.io/utils/clock"
+)
+
+// This file implements a low-level controller that is used in
+// sharedIndexInformer, which is an implementation of
+// SharedIndexInformer.  Such informers, in turn, are key components
+// in the high level controllers that form the backbone of the
+// Kubernetes control plane.  Look at those for examples, or the
+// example in
+// https://github.com/kubernetes/client-go/tree/master/examples/workqueue
+// .
+
+// Config contains all the settings for one of these low-level controllers.
+type Config struct {
+	// The queue for your objects - has to be a DeltaFIFO due to
+	// assumptions in the implementation. Your Process() function
+	// should accept the output of this Queue's Pop() method.
+	Queue
+
+	// Something that can list and watch your objects.
+	ListerWatcher
+
+	// Something that can process a popped Deltas.
+	Process ProcessFunc
+
+	// ObjectType is an example object of the type this controller is
+	// expected to handle.  Only the type needs to be right, except
+	// that when that is `unstructured.Unstructured` the object's
+	// `"apiVersion"` and `"kind"` must also be right.
+	ObjectType runtime.Object
+
+	// FullResyncPeriod is the period at which ShouldResync is considered.
+	FullResyncPeriod time.Duration
+
+	// ShouldResync is periodically used by the reflector to determine
+	// whether to Resync the Queue. If ShouldResync is `nil` or
+	// returns true, it means the reflector should proceed with the
+	// resync.
+	ShouldResync ShouldResyncFunc
+
+	// If true, when Process() returns an error, re-enqueue the object.
+	// TODO: add interface to let you inject a delay/backoff or drop
+	//       the object completely if desired. Pass the object in
+	//       question to this interface as a parameter.  This is probably moot
+	//       now that this functionality appears at a higher level.
+	RetryOnError bool
+
+	// Called whenever the ListAndWatch drops the connection with an error.
+	WatchErrorHandler WatchErrorHandler
+
+	// WatchListPageSize is the requested chunk size of initial and relist watch lists.
+	WatchListPageSize int64
+}
+
+// ShouldResyncFunc is a type of function that indicates if a reflector should perform a
+// resync or not. It can be used by a shared informer to support multiple event handlers with custom
+// resync periods.
+type ShouldResyncFunc func() bool
+
+// ProcessFunc processes a single object.
+type ProcessFunc func(obj interface{}) error
+
+// `*controller` implements Controller
+type controller struct {
+	config         Config
+	reflector      *Reflector
+	reflectorMutex sync.RWMutex
+	clock          clock.Clock
+}
+
+// Controller is a low-level controller that is parameterized by a
+// Config and used in sharedIndexInformer.
+type Controller interface {
+	// Run does two things.  One is to construct and run a Reflector
+	// to pump objects/notifications from the Config's ListerWatcher
+	// to the Config's Queue and possibly invoke the occasional Resync
+	// on that Queue.  The other is to repeatedly Pop from the Queue
+	// and process with the Config's ProcessFunc.  Both of these
+	// continue until `stopCh` is closed.
+	Run(stopCh <-chan struct{})
+
+	// HasSynced delegates to the Config's Queue
+	HasSynced() bool
+
+	// LastSyncResourceVersion delegates to the Reflector when there
+	// is one, otherwise returns the empty string
+	LastSyncResourceVersion() string
+}
+
+// New makes a new Controller from the given Config.
+func New(c *Config) Controller {
+	ctlr := &controller{
+		config: *c,
+		clock:  &clock.RealClock{},
+	}
+	return ctlr
+}
+
+// Run begins processing items, and will continue until a value is sent down stopCh or it is closed.
+// It's an error to call Run more than once.
+// Run blocks; call via go.
+func (c *controller) Run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+	defer utilruntime.HandleCrash()
+	go func() {
+		<-stopCh
+		c.config.Queue.Close()
+	}()
+	r := NewReflector(
+		c.config.ListerWatcher,
+		c.config.ObjectType,
+		c.config.Queue,
+		c.config.FullResyncPeriod,
+	)
+	r.ShouldResync = c.config.ShouldResync
+	r.WatchListPageSize = c.config.WatchListPageSize
+	r.clock = c.clock
+	if c.config.WatchErrorHandler != nil {
+		r.watchErrorHandler = c.config.WatchErrorHandler
+	}
+
+	c.reflectorMutex.Lock()
+	c.reflector = r
+	c.reflectorMutex.Unlock()
+
+	var wg wait.Group
+
+	wg.StartWithChannel(stopCh, r.Run)
+
+	wait.Until(c.processLoop, time.Second, stopCh)
+	wg.Wait()
+}
+
+// Returns true once this controller has completed an initial resource listing
+func (c *controller) HasSynced() bool {
+	return c.config.Queue.HasSynced()
+}
+
+func (c *controller) LastSyncResourceVersion() string {
+	c.reflectorMutex.RLock()
+	defer c.reflectorMutex.RUnlock()
+	if c.reflector == nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return c.reflector.LastSyncResourceVersion()
+}
+
+// processLoop drains the work queue.
+// TODO: Consider doing the processing in parallel. This will require a little thought
+// to make sure that we don't end up processing the same object multiple times
+// concurrently.
+//
+// TODO: Plumb through the stopCh here (and down to the queue) so that this can
+// actually exit when the controller is stopped. Or just give up on this stuff
+// ever being stoppable. Converting this whole package to use Context would
+// also be helpful.
+func (c *controller) processLoop() {
+	for {
+		obj, err := c.config.Queue.Pop(PopProcessFunc(c.config.Process))
+		if err != nil {
+			if err == ErrFIFOClosed {
+				return
+			}
+			if c.config.RetryOnError {
+				// This is the safe way to re-enqueue.
+				c.config.Queue.AddIfNotPresent(obj)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// ResourceEventHandler can handle notifications for events that
+// happen to a resource. The events are informational only, so you
+// can't return an error.  The handlers MUST NOT modify the objects
+// received; this concerns not only the top level of structure but all
+// the data structures reachable from it.
+//  * OnAdd is called when an object is added.
+//  * OnUpdate is called when an object is modified. Note that oldObj is the
+//      last known state of the object-- it is possible that several changes
+//      were combined together, so you can't use this to see every single
+//      change. OnUpdate is also called when a re-list happens, and it will
+//      get called even if nothing changed. This is useful for periodically
+//      evaluating or syncing something.
+//  * OnDelete will get the final state of the item if it is known, otherwise
+//      it will get an object of type DeletedFinalStateUnknown. This can
+//      happen if the watch is closed and misses the delete event and we don't
+//      notice the deletion until the subsequent re-list.
+type ResourceEventHandler interface {
+	OnAdd(obj interface{})
+	OnUpdate(oldObj, newObj interface{})
+	OnDelete(obj interface{})
+}
+
+// ResourceEventHandlerFuncs is an adaptor to let you easily specify as many or
+// as few of the notification functions as you want while still implementing
+// ResourceEventHandler.  This adapter does not remove the prohibition against
+// modifying the objects.
+type ResourceEventHandlerFuncs struct {
+	AddFunc    func(obj interface{})
+	UpdateFunc func(oldObj, newObj interface{})
+	DeleteFunc func(obj interface{})
+}
+
+// OnAdd calls AddFunc if it's not nil.
+func (r ResourceEventHandlerFuncs) OnAdd(obj interface{}) {
+	if r.AddFunc != nil {
+		r.AddFunc(obj)
+	}
+}
+
+// OnUpdate calls UpdateFunc if it's not nil.
+func (r ResourceEventHandlerFuncs) OnUpdate(oldObj, newObj interface{}) {
+	if r.UpdateFunc != nil {
+		r.UpdateFunc(oldObj, newObj)
+	}
+}
+
+// OnDelete calls DeleteFunc if it's not nil.
+func (r ResourceEventHandlerFuncs) OnDelete(obj interface{}) {
+	if r.DeleteFunc != nil {
+		r.DeleteFunc(obj)
+	}
+}
+
+// FilteringResourceEventHandler applies the provided filter to all events coming
+// in, ensuring the appropriate nested handler method is invoked. An object
+// that starts passing the filter after an update is considered an add, and an
+// object that stops passing the filter after an update is considered a delete.
+// Like the handlers, the filter MUST NOT modify the objects it is given.
+type FilteringResourceEventHandler struct {
+	FilterFunc func(obj interface{}) bool
+	Handler    ResourceEventHandler
+}
+
+// OnAdd calls the nested handler only if the filter succeeds
+func (r FilteringResourceEventHandler) OnAdd(obj interface{}) {
+	if !r.FilterFunc(obj) {
+		return
+	}
+	r.Handler.OnAdd(obj)
+}
+
+// OnUpdate ensures the proper handler is called depending on whether the filter matches
+func (r FilteringResourceEventHandler) OnUpdate(oldObj, newObj interface{}) {
+	newer := r.FilterFunc(newObj)
+	older := r.FilterFunc(oldObj)
+	switch {
+	case newer && older:
+		r.Handler.OnUpdate(oldObj, newObj)
+	case newer && !older:
+		r.Handler.OnAdd(newObj)
+	case !newer && older:
+		r.Handler.OnDelete(oldObj)
+	default:
+		// do nothing
+	}
+}
+
+// OnDelete calls the nested handler only if the filter succeeds
+func (r FilteringResourceEventHandler) OnDelete(obj interface{}) {
+	if !r.FilterFunc(obj) {
+		return
+	}
+	r.Handler.OnDelete(obj)
+}
+
+// DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc checks for
+// DeletedFinalStateUnknown objects before calling
+// MetaNamespaceKeyFunc.
+func DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc(obj interface{}) (string, error) {
+	if d, ok := obj.(DeletedFinalStateUnknown); ok {
+		return d.Key, nil
+	}
+	return MetaNamespaceKeyFunc(obj)
+}
+
+// NewInformer returns a Store and a controller for populating the store
+// while also providing event notifications. You should only used the returned
+// Store for Get/List operations; Add/Modify/Deletes will cause the event
+// notifications to be faulty.
+//
+// Parameters:
+//  * lw is list and watch functions for the source of the resource you want to
+//    be informed of.
+//  * objType is an object of the type that you expect to receive.
+//  * resyncPeriod: if non-zero, will re-list this often (you will get OnUpdate
+//    calls, even if nothing changed). Otherwise, re-list will be delayed as
+//    long as possible (until the upstream source closes the watch or times out,
+//    or you stop the controller).
+//  * h is the object you want notifications sent to.
+//
+func NewInformer(
+	lw ListerWatcher,
+	objType runtime.Object,
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration,
+	h ResourceEventHandler,
+) (Store, Controller) {
+	// This will hold the client state, as we know it.
+	clientState := NewStore(DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc)
+
+	return clientState, newInformer(lw, objType, resyncPeriod, h, clientState, nil)
+}
+
+// NewIndexerInformer returns an Indexer and a Controller for populating the index
+// while also providing event notifications. You should only used the returned
+// Index for Get/List operations; Add/Modify/Deletes will cause the event
+// notifications to be faulty.
+//
+// Parameters:
+//  * lw is list and watch functions for the source of the resource you want to
+//    be informed of.
+//  * objType is an object of the type that you expect to receive.
+//  * resyncPeriod: if non-zero, will re-list this often (you will get OnUpdate
+//    calls, even if nothing changed). Otherwise, re-list will be delayed as
+//    long as possible (until the upstream source closes the watch or times out,
+//    or you stop the controller).
+//  * h is the object you want notifications sent to.
+//  * indexers is the indexer for the received object type.
+//
+func NewIndexerInformer(
+	lw ListerWatcher,
+	objType runtime.Object,
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration,
+	h ResourceEventHandler,
+	indexers Indexers,
+) (Indexer, Controller) {
+	// This will hold the client state, as we know it.
+	clientState := NewIndexer(DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc, indexers)
+
+	return clientState, newInformer(lw, objType, resyncPeriod, h, clientState, nil)
+}
+
+// TransformFunc allows for transforming an object before it will be processed
+// and put into the controller cache and before the corresponding handlers will
+// be called on it.
+// TransformFunc (similarly to ResourceEventHandler functions) should be able
+// to correctly handle the tombstone of type cache.DeletedFinalStateUnknown
+//
+// The most common usage pattern is to clean-up some parts of the object to
+// reduce component memory usage if a given component doesn't care about them.
+// given controller doesn't care for them
+type TransformFunc func(interface{}) (interface{}, error)
+
+// NewTransformingInformer returns a Store and a controller for populating
+// the store while also providing event notifications. You should only used
+// the returned Store for Get/List operations; Add/Modify/Deletes will cause
+// the event notifications to be faulty.
+// The given transform function will be called on all objects before they will
+// put into the Store and corresponding Add/Modify/Delete handlers will
+// be invoked for them.
+func NewTransformingInformer(
+	lw ListerWatcher,
+	objType runtime.Object,
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration,
+	h ResourceEventHandler,
+	transformer TransformFunc,
+) (Store, Controller) {
+	// This will hold the client state, as we know it.
+	clientState := NewStore(DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc)
+
+	return clientState, newInformer(lw, objType, resyncPeriod, h, clientState, transformer)
+}
+
+// NewTransformingIndexerInformer returns an Indexer and a controller for
+// populating the index while also providing event notifications. You should
+// only used the returned Index for Get/List operations; Add/Modify/Deletes
+// will cause the event notifications to be faulty.
+// The given transform function will be called on all objects before they will
+// be put into the Index and corresponding Add/Modify/Delete handlers will
+// be invoked for them.
+func NewTransformingIndexerInformer(
+	lw ListerWatcher,
+	objType runtime.Object,
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration,
+	h ResourceEventHandler,
+	indexers Indexers,
+	transformer TransformFunc,
+) (Indexer, Controller) {
+	// This will hold the client state, as we know it.
+	clientState := NewIndexer(DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc, indexers)
+
+	return clientState, newInformer(lw, objType, resyncPeriod, h, clientState, transformer)
+}
+
+// Multiplexes updates in the form of a list of Deltas into a Store, and informs
+// a given handler of events OnUpdate, OnAdd, OnDelete
+func processDeltas(
+	// Object which receives event notifications from the given deltas
+	handler ResourceEventHandler,
+	clientState Store,
+	transformer TransformFunc,
+	deltas Deltas,
+) error {
+	// from oldest to newest
+	for _, d := range deltas {
+		obj := d.Object
+		if transformer != nil {
+			var err error
+			obj, err = transformer(obj)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+
+		switch d.Type {
+		case Sync, Replaced, Added, Updated:
+			if old, exists, err := clientState.Get(obj); err == nil && exists {
+				if err := clientState.Update(obj); err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+				handler.OnUpdate(old, obj)
+			} else {
+				if err := clientState.Add(obj); err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+				handler.OnAdd(obj)
+			}
+		case Deleted:
+			if err := clientState.Delete(obj); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			handler.OnDelete(obj)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// newInformer returns a controller for populating the store while also
+// providing event notifications.
+//
+// Parameters
+//  * lw is list and watch functions for the source of the resource you want to
+//    be informed of.
+//  * objType is an object of the type that you expect to receive.
+//  * resyncPeriod: if non-zero, will re-list this often (you will get OnUpdate
+//    calls, even if nothing changed). Otherwise, re-list will be delayed as
+//    long as possible (until the upstream source closes the watch or times out,
+//    or you stop the controller).
+//  * h is the object you want notifications sent to.
+//  * clientState is the store you want to populate
+//
+func newInformer(
+	lw ListerWatcher,
+	objType runtime.Object,
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration,
+	h ResourceEventHandler,
+	clientState Store,
+	transformer TransformFunc,
+) Controller {
+	// This will hold incoming changes. Note how we pass clientState in as a
+	// KeyLister, that way resync operations will result in the correct set
+	// of update/delete deltas.
+	fifo := NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions(DeltaFIFOOptions{
+		KnownObjects:          clientState,
+		EmitDeltaTypeReplaced: true,
+	})
+
+	cfg := &Config{
+		Queue:            fifo,
+		ListerWatcher:    lw,
+		ObjectType:       objType,
+		FullResyncPeriod: resyncPeriod,
+		RetryOnError:     false,
+
+		Process: func(obj interface{}) error {
+			if deltas, ok := obj.(Deltas); ok {
+				return processDeltas(h, clientState, transformer, deltas)
+			}
+			return errors.New("object given as Process argument is not Deltas")
+		},
+	}
+	return New(cfg)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/delta_fifo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/sets"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+	utiltrace "k8s.io/utils/trace"
+)
+
+// DeltaFIFOOptions is the configuration parameters for DeltaFIFO. All are
+// optional.
+type DeltaFIFOOptions struct {
+
+	// KeyFunction is used to figure out what key an object should have. (It's
+	// exposed in the returned DeltaFIFO's KeyOf() method, with additional
+	// handling around deleted objects and queue state).
+	// Optional, the default is MetaNamespaceKeyFunc.
+	KeyFunction KeyFunc
+
+	// KnownObjects is expected to return a list of keys that the consumer of
+	// this queue "knows about". It is used to decide which items are missing
+	// when Replace() is called; 'Deleted' deltas are produced for the missing items.
+	// KnownObjects may be nil if you can tolerate missing deletions on Replace().
+	KnownObjects KeyListerGetter
+
+	// EmitDeltaTypeReplaced indicates that the queue consumer
+	// understands the Replaced DeltaType. Before the `Replaced` event type was
+	// added, calls to Replace() were handled the same as Sync(). For
+	// backwards-compatibility purposes, this is false by default.
+	// When true, `Replaced` events will be sent for items passed to a Replace() call.
+	// When false, `Sync` events will be sent instead.
+	EmitDeltaTypeReplaced bool
+}
+
+// DeltaFIFO is like FIFO, but differs in two ways.  One is that the
+// accumulator associated with a given object's key is not that object
+// but rather a Deltas, which is a slice of Delta values for that
+// object.  Applying an object to a Deltas means to append a Delta
+// except when the potentially appended Delta is a Deleted and the
+// Deltas already ends with a Deleted.  In that case the Deltas does
+// not grow, although the terminal Deleted will be replaced by the new
+// Deleted if the older Deleted's object is a
+// DeletedFinalStateUnknown.
+//
+// The other difference is that DeltaFIFO has two additional ways that
+// an object can be applied to an accumulator: Replaced and Sync.
+// If EmitDeltaTypeReplaced is not set to true, Sync will be used in
+// replace events for backwards compatibility.  Sync is used for periodic
+// resync events.
+//
+// DeltaFIFO is a producer-consumer queue, where a Reflector is
+// intended to be the producer, and the consumer is whatever calls
+// the Pop() method.
+//
+// DeltaFIFO solves this use case:
+//  * You want to process every object change (delta) at most once.
+//  * When you process an object, you want to see everything
+//    that's happened to it since you last processed it.
+//  * You want to process the deletion of some of the objects.
+//  * You might want to periodically reprocess objects.
+//
+// DeltaFIFO's Pop(), Get(), and GetByKey() methods return
+// interface{} to satisfy the Store/Queue interfaces, but they
+// will always return an object of type Deltas. List() returns
+// the newest object from each accumulator in the FIFO.
+//
+// A DeltaFIFO's knownObjects KeyListerGetter provides the abilities
+// to list Store keys and to get objects by Store key.  The objects in
+// question are called "known objects" and this set of objects
+// modifies the behavior of the Delete, Replace, and Resync methods
+// (each in a different way).
+//
+// A note on threading: If you call Pop() in parallel from multiple
+// threads, you could end up with multiple threads processing slightly
+// different versions of the same object.
+type DeltaFIFO struct {
+	// lock/cond protects access to 'items' and 'queue'.
+	lock sync.RWMutex
+	cond sync.Cond
+
+	// `items` maps a key to a Deltas.
+	// Each such Deltas has at least one Delta.
+	items map[string]Deltas
+
+	// `queue` maintains FIFO order of keys for consumption in Pop().
+	// There are no duplicates in `queue`.
+	// A key is in `queue` if and only if it is in `items`.
+	queue []string
+
+	// populated is true if the first batch of items inserted by Replace() has been populated
+	// or Delete/Add/Update/AddIfNotPresent was called first.
+	populated bool
+	// initialPopulationCount is the number of items inserted by the first call of Replace()
+	initialPopulationCount int
+
+	// keyFunc is used to make the key used for queued item
+	// insertion and retrieval, and should be deterministic.
+	keyFunc KeyFunc
+
+	// knownObjects list keys that are "known" --- affecting Delete(),
+	// Replace(), and Resync()
+	knownObjects KeyListerGetter
+
+	// Used to indicate a queue is closed so a control loop can exit when a queue is empty.
+	// Currently, not used to gate any of CRUD operations.
+	closed bool
+
+	// emitDeltaTypeReplaced is whether to emit the Replaced or Sync
+	// DeltaType when Replace() is called (to preserve backwards compat).
+	emitDeltaTypeReplaced bool
+}
+
+// DeltaType is the type of a change (addition, deletion, etc)
+type DeltaType string
+
+// Change type definition
+const (
+	Added   DeltaType = "Added"
+	Updated DeltaType = "Updated"
+	Deleted DeltaType = "Deleted"
+	// Replaced is emitted when we encountered watch errors and had to do a
+	// relist. We don't know if the replaced object has changed.
+	//
+	// NOTE: Previous versions of DeltaFIFO would use Sync for Replace events
+	// as well. Hence, Replaced is only emitted when the option
+	// EmitDeltaTypeReplaced is true.
+	Replaced DeltaType = "Replaced"
+	// Sync is for synthetic events during a periodic resync.
+	Sync DeltaType = "Sync"
+)
+
+// Delta is a member of Deltas (a list of Delta objects) which
+// in its turn is the type stored by a DeltaFIFO. It tells you what
+// change happened, and the object's state after* that change.
+//
+// [*] Unless the change is a deletion, and then you'll get the final
+// state of the object before it was deleted.
+type Delta struct {
+	Type   DeltaType
+	Object interface{}
+}
+
+// Deltas is a list of one or more 'Delta's to an individual object.
+// The oldest delta is at index 0, the newest delta is the last one.
+type Deltas []Delta
+
+// NewDeltaFIFO returns a Queue which can be used to process changes to items.
+//
+// keyFunc is used to figure out what key an object should have. (It is
+// exposed in the returned DeltaFIFO's KeyOf() method, with additional handling
+// around deleted objects and queue state).
+//
+// 'knownObjects' may be supplied to modify the behavior of Delete,
+// Replace, and Resync.  It may be nil if you do not need those
+// modifications.
+//
+// TODO: consider merging keyLister with this object, tracking a list of
+// "known" keys when Pop() is called. Have to think about how that
+// affects error retrying.
+//
+//       NOTE: It is possible to misuse this and cause a race when using an
+//       external known object source.
+//       Whether there is a potential race depends on how the consumer
+//       modifies knownObjects. In Pop(), process function is called under
+//       lock, so it is safe to update data structures in it that need to be
+//       in sync with the queue (e.g. knownObjects).
+//
+//       Example:
+//       In case of sharedIndexInformer being a consumer
+//       (https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/0cdd940f/staging/src/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/shared_informer.go#L192),
+//       there is no race as knownObjects (s.indexer) is modified safely
+//       under DeltaFIFO's lock. The only exceptions are GetStore() and
+//       GetIndexer() methods, which expose ways to modify the underlying
+//       storage. Currently these two methods are used for creating Lister
+//       and internal tests.
+//
+// Also see the comment on DeltaFIFO.
+//
+// Warning: This constructs a DeltaFIFO that does not differentiate between
+// events caused by a call to Replace (e.g., from a relist, which may
+// contain object updates), and synthetic events caused by a periodic resync
+// (which just emit the existing object). See https://issue.k8s.io/86015 for details.
+//
+// Use `NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions(DeltaFIFOOptions{..., EmitDeltaTypeReplaced: true})`
+// instead to receive a `Replaced` event depending on the type.
+//
+// Deprecated: Equivalent to NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions(DeltaFIFOOptions{KeyFunction: keyFunc, KnownObjects: knownObjects})
+func NewDeltaFIFO(keyFunc KeyFunc, knownObjects KeyListerGetter) *DeltaFIFO {
+	return NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions(DeltaFIFOOptions{
+		KeyFunction:  keyFunc,
+		KnownObjects: knownObjects,
+	})
+}
+
+// NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions returns a Queue which can be used to process changes to
+// items. See also the comment on DeltaFIFO.
+func NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions(opts DeltaFIFOOptions) *DeltaFIFO {
+	if opts.KeyFunction == nil {
+		opts.KeyFunction = MetaNamespaceKeyFunc
+	}
+
+	f := &DeltaFIFO{
+		items:        map[string]Deltas{},
+		queue:        []string{},
+		keyFunc:      opts.KeyFunction,
+		knownObjects: opts.KnownObjects,
+
+		emitDeltaTypeReplaced: opts.EmitDeltaTypeReplaced,
+	}
+	f.cond.L = &f.lock
+	return f
+}
+
+var (
+	_ = Queue(&DeltaFIFO{}) // DeltaFIFO is a Queue
+)
+
+var (
+	// ErrZeroLengthDeltasObject is returned in a KeyError if a Deltas
+	// object with zero length is encountered (should be impossible,
+	// but included for completeness).
+	ErrZeroLengthDeltasObject = errors.New("0 length Deltas object; can't get key")
+)
+
+// Close the queue.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Close() {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.closed = true
+	f.cond.Broadcast()
+}
+
+// KeyOf exposes f's keyFunc, but also detects the key of a Deltas object or
+// DeletedFinalStateUnknown objects.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) KeyOf(obj interface{}) (string, error) {
+	if d, ok := obj.(Deltas); ok {
+		if len(d) == 0 {
+			return "", KeyError{obj, ErrZeroLengthDeltasObject}
+		}
+		obj = d.Newest().Object
+	}
+	if d, ok := obj.(DeletedFinalStateUnknown); ok {
+		return d.Key, nil
+	}
+	return f.keyFunc(obj)
+}
+
+// HasSynced returns true if an Add/Update/Delete/AddIfNotPresent are called first,
+// or the first batch of items inserted by Replace() has been popped.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) HasSynced() bool {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	return f.populated && f.initialPopulationCount == 0
+}
+
+// Add inserts an item, and puts it in the queue. The item is only enqueued
+// if it doesn't already exist in the set.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.populated = true
+	return f.queueActionLocked(Added, obj)
+}
+
+// Update is just like Add, but makes an Updated Delta.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.populated = true
+	return f.queueActionLocked(Updated, obj)
+}
+
+// Delete is just like Add, but makes a Deleted Delta. If the given
+// object does not already exist, it will be ignored. (It may have
+// already been deleted by a Replace (re-list), for example.)  In this
+// method `f.knownObjects`, if not nil, provides (via GetByKey)
+// _additional_ objects that are considered to already exist.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	id, err := f.KeyOf(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.populated = true
+	if f.knownObjects == nil {
+		if _, exists := f.items[id]; !exists {
+			// Presumably, this was deleted when a relist happened.
+			// Don't provide a second report of the same deletion.
+			return nil
+		}
+	} else {
+		// We only want to skip the "deletion" action if the object doesn't
+		// exist in knownObjects and it doesn't have corresponding item in items.
+		// Note that even if there is a "deletion" action in items, we can ignore it,
+		// because it will be deduped automatically in "queueActionLocked"
+		_, exists, err := f.knownObjects.GetByKey(id)
+		_, itemsExist := f.items[id]
+		if err == nil && !exists && !itemsExist {
+			// Presumably, this was deleted when a relist happened.
+			// Don't provide a second report of the same deletion.
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	// exist in items and/or KnownObjects
+	return f.queueActionLocked(Deleted, obj)
+}
+
+// AddIfNotPresent inserts an item, and puts it in the queue. If the item is already
+// present in the set, it is neither enqueued nor added to the set.
+//
+// This is useful in a single producer/consumer scenario so that the consumer can
+// safely retry items without contending with the producer and potentially enqueueing
+// stale items.
+//
+// Important: obj must be a Deltas (the output of the Pop() function). Yes, this is
+// different from the Add/Update/Delete functions.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) AddIfNotPresent(obj interface{}) error {
+	deltas, ok := obj.(Deltas)
+	if !ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("object must be of type deltas, but got: %#v", obj)
+	}
+	id, err := f.KeyOf(deltas)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.addIfNotPresent(id, deltas)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// addIfNotPresent inserts deltas under id if it does not exist, and assumes the caller
+// already holds the fifo lock.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) addIfNotPresent(id string, deltas Deltas) {
+	f.populated = true
+	if _, exists := f.items[id]; exists {
+		return
+	}
+
+	f.queue = append(f.queue, id)
+	f.items[id] = deltas
+	f.cond.Broadcast()
+}
+
+// re-listing and watching can deliver the same update multiple times in any
+// order. This will combine the most recent two deltas if they are the same.
+func dedupDeltas(deltas Deltas) Deltas {
+	n := len(deltas)
+	if n < 2 {
+		return deltas
+	}
+	a := &deltas[n-1]
+	b := &deltas[n-2]
+	if out := isDup(a, b); out != nil {
+		deltas[n-2] = *out
+		return deltas[:n-1]
+	}
+	return deltas
+}
+
+// If a & b represent the same event, returns the delta that ought to be kept.
+// Otherwise, returns nil.
+// TODO: is there anything other than deletions that need deduping?
+func isDup(a, b *Delta) *Delta {
+	if out := isDeletionDup(a, b); out != nil {
+		return out
+	}
+	// TODO: Detect other duplicate situations? Are there any?
+	return nil
+}
+
+// keep the one with the most information if both are deletions.
+func isDeletionDup(a, b *Delta) *Delta {
+	if b.Type != Deleted || a.Type != Deleted {
+		return nil
+	}
+	// Do more sophisticated checks, or is this sufficient?
+	if _, ok := b.Object.(DeletedFinalStateUnknown); ok {
+		return a
+	}
+	return b
+}
+
+// queueActionLocked appends to the delta list for the object.
+// Caller must lock first.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) queueActionLocked(actionType DeltaType, obj interface{}) error {
+	id, err := f.KeyOf(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	oldDeltas := f.items[id]
+	newDeltas := append(oldDeltas, Delta{actionType, obj})
+	newDeltas = dedupDeltas(newDeltas)
+
+	if len(newDeltas) > 0 {
+		if _, exists := f.items[id]; !exists {
+			f.queue = append(f.queue, id)
+		}
+		f.items[id] = newDeltas
+		f.cond.Broadcast()
+	} else {
+		// This never happens, because dedupDeltas never returns an empty list
+		// when given a non-empty list (as it is here).
+		// If somehow it happens anyway, deal with it but complain.
+		if oldDeltas == nil {
+			klog.Errorf("Impossible dedupDeltas for id=%q: oldDeltas=%#+v, obj=%#+v; ignoring", id, oldDeltas, obj)
+			return nil
+		}
+		klog.Errorf("Impossible dedupDeltas for id=%q: oldDeltas=%#+v, obj=%#+v; breaking invariant by storing empty Deltas", id, oldDeltas, obj)
+		f.items[id] = newDeltas
+		return fmt.Errorf("Impossible dedupDeltas for id=%q: oldDeltas=%#+v, obj=%#+v; broke DeltaFIFO invariant by storing empty Deltas", id, oldDeltas, obj)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// List returns a list of all the items; it returns the object
+// from the most recent Delta.
+// You should treat the items returned inside the deltas as immutable.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) List() []interface{} {
+	f.lock.RLock()
+	defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+	return f.listLocked()
+}
+
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) listLocked() []interface{} {
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, len(f.items))
+	for _, item := range f.items {
+		list = append(list, item.Newest().Object)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// ListKeys returns a list of all the keys of the objects currently
+// in the FIFO.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) ListKeys() []string {
+	f.lock.RLock()
+	defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]string, 0, len(f.queue))
+	for _, key := range f.queue {
+		list = append(list, key)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// Get returns the complete list of deltas for the requested item,
+// or sets exists=false.
+// You should treat the items returned inside the deltas as immutable.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Get(obj interface{}) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	key, err := f.KeyOf(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false, KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	return f.GetByKey(key)
+}
+
+// GetByKey returns the complete list of deltas for the requested item,
+// setting exists=false if that list is empty.
+// You should treat the items returned inside the deltas as immutable.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) GetByKey(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	f.lock.RLock()
+	defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+	d, exists := f.items[key]
+	if exists {
+		// Copy item's slice so operations on this slice
+		// won't interfere with the object we return.
+		d = copyDeltas(d)
+	}
+	return d, exists, nil
+}
+
+// IsClosed checks if the queue is closed
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) IsClosed() bool {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	return f.closed
+}
+
+// Pop blocks until the queue has some items, and then returns one.  If
+// multiple items are ready, they are returned in the order in which they were
+// added/updated. The item is removed from the queue (and the store) before it
+// is returned, so if you don't successfully process it, you need to add it back
+// with AddIfNotPresent().
+// process function is called under lock, so it is safe to update data structures
+// in it that need to be in sync with the queue (e.g. knownKeys). The PopProcessFunc
+// may return an instance of ErrRequeue with a nested error to indicate the current
+// item should be requeued (equivalent to calling AddIfNotPresent under the lock).
+// process should avoid expensive I/O operation so that other queue operations, i.e.
+// Add() and Get(), won't be blocked for too long.
+//
+// Pop returns a 'Deltas', which has a complete list of all the things
+// that happened to the object (deltas) while it was sitting in the queue.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Pop(process PopProcessFunc) (interface{}, error) {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	for {
+		for len(f.queue) == 0 {
+			// When the queue is empty, invocation of Pop() is blocked until new item is enqueued.
+			// When Close() is called, the f.closed is set and the condition is broadcasted.
+			// Which causes this loop to continue and return from the Pop().
+			if f.closed {
+				return nil, ErrFIFOClosed
+			}
+
+			f.cond.Wait()
+		}
+		id := f.queue[0]
+		f.queue = f.queue[1:]
+		depth := len(f.queue)
+		if f.initialPopulationCount > 0 {
+			f.initialPopulationCount--
+		}
+		item, ok := f.items[id]
+		if !ok {
+			// This should never happen
+			klog.Errorf("Inconceivable! %q was in f.queue but not f.items; ignoring.", id)
+			continue
+		}
+		delete(f.items, id)
+		// Only log traces if the queue depth is greater than 10 and it takes more than
+		// 100 milliseconds to process one item from the queue.
+		// Queue depth never goes high because processing an item is locking the queue,
+		// and new items can't be added until processing finish.
+		// https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/103789
+		if depth > 10 {
+			trace := utiltrace.New("DeltaFIFO Pop Process",
+				utiltrace.Field{Key: "ID", Value: id},
+				utiltrace.Field{Key: "Depth", Value: depth},
+				utiltrace.Field{Key: "Reason", Value: "slow event handlers blocking the queue"})
+			defer trace.LogIfLong(100 * time.Millisecond)
+		}
+		err := process(item)
+		if e, ok := err.(ErrRequeue); ok {
+			f.addIfNotPresent(id, item)
+			err = e.Err
+		}
+		// Don't need to copyDeltas here, because we're transferring
+		// ownership to the caller.
+		return item, err
+	}
+}
+
+// Replace atomically does two things: (1) it adds the given objects
+// using the Sync or Replace DeltaType and then (2) it does some deletions.
+// In particular: for every pre-existing key K that is not the key of
+// an object in `list` there is the effect of
+// `Delete(DeletedFinalStateUnknown{K, O})` where O is current object
+// of K.  If `f.knownObjects == nil` then the pre-existing keys are
+// those in `f.items` and the current object of K is the `.Newest()`
+// of the Deltas associated with K.  Otherwise the pre-existing keys
+// are those listed by `f.knownObjects` and the current object of K is
+// what `f.knownObjects.GetByKey(K)` returns.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Replace(list []interface{}, _ string) error {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	keys := make(sets.String, len(list))
+
+	// keep backwards compat for old clients
+	action := Sync
+	if f.emitDeltaTypeReplaced {
+		action = Replaced
+	}
+
+	// Add Sync/Replaced action for each new item.
+	for _, item := range list {
+		key, err := f.KeyOf(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			return KeyError{item, err}
+		}
+		keys.Insert(key)
+		if err := f.queueActionLocked(action, item); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("couldn't enqueue object: %v", err)
+		}
+	}
+
+	if f.knownObjects == nil {
+		// Do deletion detection against our own list.
+		queuedDeletions := 0
+		for k, oldItem := range f.items {
+			if keys.Has(k) {
+				continue
+			}
+			// Delete pre-existing items not in the new list.
+			// This could happen if watch deletion event was missed while
+			// disconnected from apiserver.
+			var deletedObj interface{}
+			if n := oldItem.Newest(); n != nil {
+				deletedObj = n.Object
+			}
+			queuedDeletions++
+			if err := f.queueActionLocked(Deleted, DeletedFinalStateUnknown{k, deletedObj}); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+
+		if !f.populated {
+			f.populated = true
+			// While there shouldn't be any queued deletions in the initial
+			// population of the queue, it's better to be on the safe side.
+			f.initialPopulationCount = keys.Len() + queuedDeletions
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Detect deletions not already in the queue.
+	knownKeys := f.knownObjects.ListKeys()
+	queuedDeletions := 0
+	for _, k := range knownKeys {
+		if keys.Has(k) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		deletedObj, exists, err := f.knownObjects.GetByKey(k)
+		if err != nil {
+			deletedObj = nil
+			klog.Errorf("Unexpected error %v during lookup of key %v, placing DeleteFinalStateUnknown marker without object", err, k)
+		} else if !exists {
+			deletedObj = nil
+			klog.Infof("Key %v does not exist in known objects store, placing DeleteFinalStateUnknown marker without object", k)
+		}
+		queuedDeletions++
+		if err := f.queueActionLocked(Deleted, DeletedFinalStateUnknown{k, deletedObj}); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	if !f.populated {
+		f.populated = true
+		f.initialPopulationCount = keys.Len() + queuedDeletions
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Resync adds, with a Sync type of Delta, every object listed by
+// `f.knownObjects` whose key is not already queued for processing.
+// If `f.knownObjects` is `nil` then Resync does nothing.
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) Resync() error {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+	if f.knownObjects == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	keys := f.knownObjects.ListKeys()
+	for _, k := range keys {
+		if err := f.syncKeyLocked(k); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (f *DeltaFIFO) syncKeyLocked(key string) error {
+	obj, exists, err := f.knownObjects.GetByKey(key)
+	if err != nil {
+		klog.Errorf("Unexpected error %v during lookup of key %v, unable to queue object for sync", err, key)
+		return nil
+	} else if !exists {
+		klog.Infof("Key %v does not exist in known objects store, unable to queue object for sync", key)
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// If we are doing Resync() and there is already an event queued for that object,
+	// we ignore the Resync for it. This is to avoid the race, in which the resync
+	// comes with the previous value of object (since queueing an event for the object
+	// doesn't trigger changing the underlying store <knownObjects>.
+	id, err := f.KeyOf(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	if len(f.items[id]) > 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if err := f.queueActionLocked(Sync, obj); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("couldn't queue object: %v", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// A KeyListerGetter is anything that knows how to list its keys and look up by key.
+type KeyListerGetter interface {
+	KeyLister
+	KeyGetter
+}
+
+// A KeyLister is anything that knows how to list its keys.
+type KeyLister interface {
+	ListKeys() []string
+}
+
+// A KeyGetter is anything that knows how to get the value stored under a given key.
+type KeyGetter interface {
+	// GetByKey returns the value associated with the key, or sets exists=false.
+	GetByKey(key string) (value interface{}, exists bool, err error)
+}
+
+// Oldest is a convenience function that returns the oldest delta, or
+// nil if there are no deltas.
+func (d Deltas) Oldest() *Delta {
+	if len(d) > 0 {
+		return &d[0]
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Newest is a convenience function that returns the newest delta, or
+// nil if there are no deltas.
+func (d Deltas) Newest() *Delta {
+	if n := len(d); n > 0 {
+		return &d[n-1]
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// copyDeltas returns a shallow copy of d; that is, it copies the slice but not
+// the objects in the slice. This allows Get/List to return an object that we
+// know won't be clobbered by a subsequent modifications.
+func copyDeltas(d Deltas) Deltas {
+	d2 := make(Deltas, len(d))
+	copy(d2, d)
+	return d2
+}
+
+// DeletedFinalStateUnknown is placed into a DeltaFIFO in the case where an object
+// was deleted but the watch deletion event was missed while disconnected from
+// apiserver. In this case we don't know the final "resting" state of the object, so
+// there's a chance the included `Obj` is stale.
+type DeletedFinalStateUnknown struct {
+	Key string
+	Obj interface{}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// Package cache is a client-side caching mechanism. It is useful for
+// reducing the number of server calls you'd otherwise need to make.
+// Reflector watches a server and updates a Store. Two stores are provided;
+// one that simply caches objects (for example, to allow a scheduler to
+// list currently available nodes), and one that additionally acts as
+// a FIFO queue (for example, to allow a scheduler to process incoming
+// pods).
+package cache // import "k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache"

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/expiration_cache.go

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+	"k8s.io/utils/clock"
+)
+
+// ExpirationCache implements the store interface
+//	1. All entries are automatically time stamped on insert
+//		a. The key is computed based off the original item/keyFunc
+//		b. The value inserted under that key is the timestamped item
+//	2. Expiration happens lazily on read based on the expiration policy
+//      a. No item can be inserted into the store while we're expiring
+//		   *any* item in the cache.
+//	3. Time-stamps are stripped off unexpired entries before return
+// Note that the ExpirationCache is inherently slower than a normal
+// threadSafeStore because it takes a write lock every time it checks if
+// an item has expired.
+type ExpirationCache struct {
+	cacheStorage     ThreadSafeStore
+	keyFunc          KeyFunc
+	clock            clock.Clock
+	expirationPolicy ExpirationPolicy
+	// expirationLock is a write lock used to guarantee that we don't clobber
+	// newly inserted objects because of a stale expiration timestamp comparison
+	expirationLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// ExpirationPolicy dictates when an object expires. Currently only abstracted out
+// so unittests don't rely on the system clock.
+type ExpirationPolicy interface {
+	IsExpired(obj *TimestampedEntry) bool
+}
+
+// TTLPolicy implements a ttl based ExpirationPolicy.
+type TTLPolicy struct {
+	//	 >0: Expire entries with an age > ttl
+	//	<=0: Don't expire any entry
+	TTL time.Duration
+
+	// Clock used to calculate ttl expiration
+	Clock clock.Clock
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns true if the given object is older than the ttl, or it can't
+// determine its age.
+func (p *TTLPolicy) IsExpired(obj *TimestampedEntry) bool {
+	return p.TTL > 0 && p.Clock.Since(obj.Timestamp) > p.TTL
+}
+
+// TimestampedEntry is the only type allowed in a ExpirationCache.
+// Keep in mind that it is not safe to share timestamps between computers.
+// Behavior may be inconsistent if you get a timestamp from the API Server and
+// use it on the client machine as part of your ExpirationCache.
+type TimestampedEntry struct {
+	Obj       interface{}
+	Timestamp time.Time
+	key       string
+}
+
+// getTimestampedEntry returns the TimestampedEntry stored under the given key.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) getTimestampedEntry(key string) (*TimestampedEntry, bool) {
+	item, _ := c.cacheStorage.Get(key)
+	if tsEntry, ok := item.(*TimestampedEntry); ok {
+		return tsEntry, true
+	}
+	return nil, false
+}
+
+// getOrExpire retrieves the object from the TimestampedEntry if and only if it hasn't
+// already expired. It holds a write lock across deletion.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) getOrExpire(key string) (interface{}, bool) {
+	// Prevent all inserts from the time we deem an item as "expired" to when we
+	// delete it, so an un-expired item doesn't sneak in under the same key, just
+	// before the Delete.
+	c.expirationLock.Lock()
+	defer c.expirationLock.Unlock()
+	timestampedItem, exists := c.getTimestampedEntry(key)
+	if !exists {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+	if c.expirationPolicy.IsExpired(timestampedItem) {
+		klog.V(4).Infof("Entry %v: %+v has expired", key, timestampedItem.Obj)
+		c.cacheStorage.Delete(key)
+		return nil, false
+	}
+	return timestampedItem.Obj, true
+}
+
+// GetByKey returns the item stored under the key, or sets exists=false.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) GetByKey(key string) (interface{}, bool, error) {
+	obj, exists := c.getOrExpire(key)
+	return obj, exists, nil
+}
+
+// Get returns unexpired items. It purges the cache of expired items in the
+// process.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) Get(obj interface{}) (interface{}, bool, error) {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false, KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	obj, exists := c.getOrExpire(key)
+	return obj, exists, nil
+}
+
+// List retrieves a list of unexpired items. It purges the cache of expired
+// items in the process.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) List() []interface{} {
+	items := c.cacheStorage.List()
+
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, len(items))
+	for _, item := range items {
+		key := item.(*TimestampedEntry).key
+		if obj, exists := c.getOrExpire(key); exists {
+			list = append(list, obj)
+		}
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// ListKeys returns a list of all keys in the expiration cache.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) ListKeys() []string {
+	return c.cacheStorage.ListKeys()
+}
+
+// Add timestamps an item and inserts it into the cache, overwriting entries
+// that might exist under the same key.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	c.expirationLock.Lock()
+	defer c.expirationLock.Unlock()
+
+	c.cacheStorage.Add(key, &TimestampedEntry{obj, c.clock.Now(), key})
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Update has not been implemented yet for lack of a use case, so this method
+// simply calls `Add`. This effectively refreshes the timestamp.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	return c.Add(obj)
+}
+
+// Delete removes an item from the cache.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	c.expirationLock.Lock()
+	defer c.expirationLock.Unlock()
+	c.cacheStorage.Delete(key)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Replace will convert all items in the given list to TimestampedEntries
+// before attempting the replace operation. The replace operation will
+// delete the contents of the ExpirationCache `c`.
+func (c *ExpirationCache) Replace(list []interface{}, resourceVersion string) error {
+	items := make(map[string]interface{}, len(list))
+	ts := c.clock.Now()
+	for _, item := range list {
+		key, err := c.keyFunc(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			return KeyError{item, err}
+		}
+		items[key] = &TimestampedEntry{item, ts, key}
+	}
+	c.expirationLock.Lock()
+	defer c.expirationLock.Unlock()
+	c.cacheStorage.Replace(items, resourceVersion)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Resync is a no-op for one of these
+func (c *ExpirationCache) Resync() error {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NewTTLStore creates and returns a ExpirationCache with a TTLPolicy
+func NewTTLStore(keyFunc KeyFunc, ttl time.Duration) Store {
+	return NewExpirationStore(keyFunc, &TTLPolicy{ttl, clock.RealClock{}})
+}
+
+// NewExpirationStore creates and returns a ExpirationCache for a given policy
+func NewExpirationStore(keyFunc KeyFunc, expirationPolicy ExpirationPolicy) Store {
+	return &ExpirationCache{
+		cacheStorage:     NewThreadSafeStore(Indexers{}, Indices{}),
+		keyFunc:          keyFunc,
+		clock:            clock.RealClock{},
+		expirationPolicy: expirationPolicy,
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/expiration_cache_fakes.go

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/sets"
+	"k8s.io/utils/clock"
+)
+
+type fakeThreadSafeMap struct {
+	ThreadSafeStore
+	deletedKeys chan<- string
+}
+
+func (c *fakeThreadSafeMap) Delete(key string) {
+	if c.deletedKeys != nil {
+		c.ThreadSafeStore.Delete(key)
+		c.deletedKeys <- key
+	}
+}
+
+// FakeExpirationPolicy keeps the list for keys which never expires.
+type FakeExpirationPolicy struct {
+	NeverExpire     sets.String
+	RetrieveKeyFunc KeyFunc
+}
+
+// IsExpired used to check if object is expired.
+func (p *FakeExpirationPolicy) IsExpired(obj *TimestampedEntry) bool {
+	key, _ := p.RetrieveKeyFunc(obj)
+	return !p.NeverExpire.Has(key)
+}
+
+// NewFakeExpirationStore creates a new instance for the ExpirationCache.
+func NewFakeExpirationStore(keyFunc KeyFunc, deletedKeys chan<- string, expirationPolicy ExpirationPolicy, cacheClock clock.Clock) Store {
+	cacheStorage := NewThreadSafeStore(Indexers{}, Indices{})
+	return &ExpirationCache{
+		cacheStorage:     &fakeThreadSafeMap{cacheStorage, deletedKeys},
+		keyFunc:          keyFunc,
+		clock:            cacheClock,
+		expirationPolicy: expirationPolicy,
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/fake_custom_store.go

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+// FakeCustomStore lets you define custom functions for store operations.
+type FakeCustomStore struct {
+	AddFunc      func(obj interface{}) error
+	UpdateFunc   func(obj interface{}) error
+	DeleteFunc   func(obj interface{}) error
+	ListFunc     func() []interface{}
+	ListKeysFunc func() []string
+	GetFunc      func(obj interface{}) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error)
+	GetByKeyFunc func(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error)
+	ReplaceFunc  func(list []interface{}, resourceVersion string) error
+	ResyncFunc   func() error
+}
+
+// Add calls the custom Add function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	if f.AddFunc != nil {
+		return f.AddFunc(obj)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Update calls the custom Update function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	if f.UpdateFunc != nil {
+		return f.UpdateFunc(obj)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Delete calls the custom Delete function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	if f.DeleteFunc != nil {
+		return f.DeleteFunc(obj)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// List calls the custom List function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) List() []interface{} {
+	if f.ListFunc != nil {
+		return f.ListFunc()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ListKeys calls the custom ListKeys function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) ListKeys() []string {
+	if f.ListKeysFunc != nil {
+		return f.ListKeysFunc()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Get calls the custom Get function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) Get(obj interface{}) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	if f.GetFunc != nil {
+		return f.GetFunc(obj)
+	}
+	return nil, false, nil
+}
+
+// GetByKey calls the custom GetByKey function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) GetByKey(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	if f.GetByKeyFunc != nil {
+		return f.GetByKeyFunc(key)
+	}
+	return nil, false, nil
+}
+
+// Replace calls the custom Replace function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) Replace(list []interface{}, resourceVersion string) error {
+	if f.ReplaceFunc != nil {
+		return f.ReplaceFunc(list, resourceVersion)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Resync calls the custom Resync function if defined
+func (f *FakeCustomStore) Resync() error {
+	if f.ResyncFunc != nil {
+		return f.ResyncFunc()
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/fifo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"sync"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/sets"
+)
+
+// PopProcessFunc is passed to Pop() method of Queue interface.
+// It is supposed to process the accumulator popped from the queue.
+type PopProcessFunc func(interface{}) error
+
+// ErrRequeue may be returned by a PopProcessFunc to safely requeue
+// the current item. The value of Err will be returned from Pop.
+type ErrRequeue struct {
+	// Err is returned by the Pop function
+	Err error
+}
+
+// ErrFIFOClosed used when FIFO is closed
+var ErrFIFOClosed = errors.New("DeltaFIFO: manipulating with closed queue")
+
+func (e ErrRequeue) Error() string {
+	if e.Err == nil {
+		return "the popped item should be requeued without returning an error"
+	}
+	return e.Err.Error()
+}
+
+// Queue extends Store with a collection of Store keys to "process".
+// Every Add, Update, or Delete may put the object's key in that collection.
+// A Queue has a way to derive the corresponding key given an accumulator.
+// A Queue can be accessed concurrently from multiple goroutines.
+// A Queue can be "closed", after which Pop operations return an error.
+type Queue interface {
+	Store
+
+	// Pop blocks until there is at least one key to process or the
+	// Queue is closed.  In the latter case Pop returns with an error.
+	// In the former case Pop atomically picks one key to process,
+	// removes that (key, accumulator) association from the Store, and
+	// processes the accumulator.  Pop returns the accumulator that
+	// was processed and the result of processing.  The PopProcessFunc
+	// may return an ErrRequeue{inner} and in this case Pop will (a)
+	// return that (key, accumulator) association to the Queue as part
+	// of the atomic processing and (b) return the inner error from
+	// Pop.
+	Pop(PopProcessFunc) (interface{}, error)
+
+	// AddIfNotPresent puts the given accumulator into the Queue (in
+	// association with the accumulator's key) if and only if that key
+	// is not already associated with a non-empty accumulator.
+	AddIfNotPresent(interface{}) error
+
+	// HasSynced returns true if the first batch of keys have all been
+	// popped.  The first batch of keys are those of the first Replace
+	// operation if that happened before any Add, AddIfNotPresent,
+	// Update, or Delete; otherwise the first batch is empty.
+	HasSynced() bool
+
+	// Close the queue
+	Close()
+}
+
+// Pop is helper function for popping from Queue.
+// WARNING: Do NOT use this function in non-test code to avoid races
+// unless you really really really really know what you are doing.
+func Pop(queue Queue) interface{} {
+	var result interface{}
+	queue.Pop(func(obj interface{}) error {
+		result = obj
+		return nil
+	})
+	return result
+}
+
+// FIFO is a Queue in which (a) each accumulator is simply the most
+// recently provided object and (b) the collection of keys to process
+// is a FIFO.  The accumulators all start out empty, and deleting an
+// object from its accumulator empties the accumulator.  The Resync
+// operation is a no-op.
+//
+// Thus: if multiple adds/updates of a single object happen while that
+// object's key is in the queue before it has been processed then it
+// will only be processed once, and when it is processed the most
+// recent version will be processed. This can't be done with a channel
+//
+// FIFO solves this use case:
+//  * You want to process every object (exactly) once.
+//  * You want to process the most recent version of the object when you process it.
+//  * You do not want to process deleted objects, they should be removed from the queue.
+//  * You do not want to periodically reprocess objects.
+// Compare with DeltaFIFO for other use cases.
+type FIFO struct {
+	lock sync.RWMutex
+	cond sync.Cond
+	// We depend on the property that every key in `items` is also in `queue`
+	items map[string]interface{}
+	queue []string
+
+	// populated is true if the first batch of items inserted by Replace() has been populated
+	// or Delete/Add/Update was called first.
+	populated bool
+	// initialPopulationCount is the number of items inserted by the first call of Replace()
+	initialPopulationCount int
+
+	// keyFunc is used to make the key used for queued item insertion and retrieval, and
+	// should be deterministic.
+	keyFunc KeyFunc
+
+	// Indication the queue is closed.
+	// Used to indicate a queue is closed so a control loop can exit when a queue is empty.
+	// Currently, not used to gate any of CRUD operations.
+	closed bool
+}
+
+var (
+	_ = Queue(&FIFO{}) // FIFO is a Queue
+)
+
+// Close the queue.
+func (f *FIFO) Close() {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.closed = true
+	f.cond.Broadcast()
+}
+
+// HasSynced returns true if an Add/Update/Delete/AddIfNotPresent are called first,
+// or the first batch of items inserted by Replace() has been popped.
+func (f *FIFO) HasSynced() bool {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	return f.populated && f.initialPopulationCount == 0
+}
+
+// Add inserts an item, and puts it in the queue. The item is only enqueued
+// if it doesn't already exist in the set.
+func (f *FIFO) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	id, err := f.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.populated = true
+	if _, exists := f.items[id]; !exists {
+		f.queue = append(f.queue, id)
+	}
+	f.items[id] = obj
+	f.cond.Broadcast()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddIfNotPresent inserts an item, and puts it in the queue. If the item is already
+// present in the set, it is neither enqueued nor added to the set.
+//
+// This is useful in a single producer/consumer scenario so that the consumer can
+// safely retry items without contending with the producer and potentially enqueueing
+// stale items.
+func (f *FIFO) AddIfNotPresent(obj interface{}) error {
+	id, err := f.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.addIfNotPresent(id, obj)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// addIfNotPresent assumes the fifo lock is already held and adds the provided
+// item to the queue under id if it does not already exist.
+func (f *FIFO) addIfNotPresent(id string, obj interface{}) {
+	f.populated = true
+	if _, exists := f.items[id]; exists {
+		return
+	}
+
+	f.queue = append(f.queue, id)
+	f.items[id] = obj
+	f.cond.Broadcast()
+}
+
+// Update is the same as Add in this implementation.
+func (f *FIFO) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	return f.Add(obj)
+}
+
+// Delete removes an item. It doesn't add it to the queue, because
+// this implementation assumes the consumer only cares about the objects,
+// not the order in which they were created/added.
+func (f *FIFO) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	id, err := f.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	f.populated = true
+	delete(f.items, id)
+	return err
+}
+
+// List returns a list of all the items.
+func (f *FIFO) List() []interface{} {
+	f.lock.RLock()
+	defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, len(f.items))
+	for _, item := range f.items {
+		list = append(list, item)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// ListKeys returns a list of all the keys of the objects currently
+// in the FIFO.
+func (f *FIFO) ListKeys() []string {
+	f.lock.RLock()
+	defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]string, 0, len(f.items))
+	for key := range f.items {
+		list = append(list, key)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// Get returns the requested item, or sets exists=false.
+func (f *FIFO) Get(obj interface{}) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	key, err := f.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false, KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	return f.GetByKey(key)
+}
+
+// GetByKey returns the requested item, or sets exists=false.
+func (f *FIFO) GetByKey(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	f.lock.RLock()
+	defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+	item, exists = f.items[key]
+	return item, exists, nil
+}
+
+// IsClosed checks if the queue is closed
+func (f *FIFO) IsClosed() bool {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	return f.closed
+}
+
+// Pop waits until an item is ready and processes it. If multiple items are
+// ready, they are returned in the order in which they were added/updated.
+// The item is removed from the queue (and the store) before it is processed,
+// so if you don't successfully process it, it should be added back with
+// AddIfNotPresent(). process function is called under lock, so it is safe
+// update data structures in it that need to be in sync with the queue.
+func (f *FIFO) Pop(process PopProcessFunc) (interface{}, error) {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+	for {
+		for len(f.queue) == 0 {
+			// When the queue is empty, invocation of Pop() is blocked until new item is enqueued.
+			// When Close() is called, the f.closed is set and the condition is broadcasted.
+			// Which causes this loop to continue and return from the Pop().
+			if f.closed {
+				return nil, ErrFIFOClosed
+			}
+
+			f.cond.Wait()
+		}
+		id := f.queue[0]
+		f.queue = f.queue[1:]
+		if f.initialPopulationCount > 0 {
+			f.initialPopulationCount--
+		}
+		item, ok := f.items[id]
+		if !ok {
+			// Item may have been deleted subsequently.
+			continue
+		}
+		delete(f.items, id)
+		err := process(item)
+		if e, ok := err.(ErrRequeue); ok {
+			f.addIfNotPresent(id, item)
+			err = e.Err
+		}
+		return item, err
+	}
+}
+
+// Replace will delete the contents of 'f', using instead the given map.
+// 'f' takes ownership of the map, you should not reference the map again
+// after calling this function. f's queue is reset, too; upon return, it
+// will contain the items in the map, in no particular order.
+func (f *FIFO) Replace(list []interface{}, resourceVersion string) error {
+	items := make(map[string]interface{}, len(list))
+	for _, item := range list {
+		key, err := f.keyFunc(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			return KeyError{item, err}
+		}
+		items[key] = item
+	}
+
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+	if !f.populated {
+		f.populated = true
+		f.initialPopulationCount = len(items)
+	}
+
+	f.items = items
+	f.queue = f.queue[:0]
+	for id := range items {
+		f.queue = append(f.queue, id)
+	}
+	if len(f.queue) > 0 {
+		f.cond.Broadcast()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Resync will ensure that every object in the Store has its key in the queue.
+// This should be a no-op, because that property is maintained by all operations.
+func (f *FIFO) Resync() error {
+	f.lock.Lock()
+	defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+	inQueue := sets.NewString()
+	for _, id := range f.queue {
+		inQueue.Insert(id)
+	}
+	for id := range f.items {
+		if !inQueue.Has(id) {
+			f.queue = append(f.queue, id)
+		}
+	}
+	if len(f.queue) > 0 {
+		f.cond.Broadcast()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NewFIFO returns a Store which can be used to queue up items to
+// process.
+func NewFIFO(keyFunc KeyFunc) *FIFO {
+	f := &FIFO{
+		items:   map[string]interface{}{},
+		queue:   []string{},
+		keyFunc: keyFunc,
+	}
+	f.cond.L = &f.lock
+	return f
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/heap.go

@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// This file implements a heap data structure.
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"container/heap"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+)
+
+const (
+	closedMsg = "heap is closed"
+)
+
+// LessFunc is used to compare two objects in the heap.
+type LessFunc func(interface{}, interface{}) bool
+
+type heapItem struct {
+	obj   interface{} // The object which is stored in the heap.
+	index int         // The index of the object's key in the Heap.queue.
+}
+
+type itemKeyValue struct {
+	key string
+	obj interface{}
+}
+
+// heapData is an internal struct that implements the standard heap interface
+// and keeps the data stored in the heap.
+type heapData struct {
+	// items is a map from key of the objects to the objects and their index.
+	// We depend on the property that items in the map are in the queue and vice versa.
+	items map[string]*heapItem
+	// queue implements a heap data structure and keeps the order of elements
+	// according to the heap invariant. The queue keeps the keys of objects stored
+	// in "items".
+	queue []string
+
+	// keyFunc is used to make the key used for queued item insertion and retrieval, and
+	// should be deterministic.
+	keyFunc KeyFunc
+	// lessFunc is used to compare two objects in the heap.
+	lessFunc LessFunc
+}
+
+var (
+	_ = heap.Interface(&heapData{}) // heapData is a standard heap
+)
+
+// Less compares two objects and returns true if the first one should go
+// in front of the second one in the heap.
+func (h *heapData) Less(i, j int) bool {
+	if i > len(h.queue) || j > len(h.queue) {
+		return false
+	}
+	itemi, ok := h.items[h.queue[i]]
+	if !ok {
+		return false
+	}
+	itemj, ok := h.items[h.queue[j]]
+	if !ok {
+		return false
+	}
+	return h.lessFunc(itemi.obj, itemj.obj)
+}
+
+// Len returns the number of items in the Heap.
+func (h *heapData) Len() int { return len(h.queue) }
+
+// Swap implements swapping of two elements in the heap. This is a part of standard
+// heap interface and should never be called directly.
+func (h *heapData) Swap(i, j int) {
+	h.queue[i], h.queue[j] = h.queue[j], h.queue[i]
+	item := h.items[h.queue[i]]
+	item.index = i
+	item = h.items[h.queue[j]]
+	item.index = j
+}
+
+// Push is supposed to be called by heap.Push only.
+func (h *heapData) Push(kv interface{}) {
+	keyValue := kv.(*itemKeyValue)
+	n := len(h.queue)
+	h.items[keyValue.key] = &heapItem{keyValue.obj, n}
+	h.queue = append(h.queue, keyValue.key)
+}
+
+// Pop is supposed to be called by heap.Pop only.
+func (h *heapData) Pop() interface{} {
+	key := h.queue[len(h.queue)-1]
+	h.queue = h.queue[0 : len(h.queue)-1]
+	item, ok := h.items[key]
+	if !ok {
+		// This is an error
+		return nil
+	}
+	delete(h.items, key)
+	return item.obj
+}
+
+// Heap is a thread-safe producer/consumer queue that implements a heap data structure.
+// It can be used to implement priority queues and similar data structures.
+type Heap struct {
+	lock sync.RWMutex
+	cond sync.Cond
+
+	// data stores objects and has a queue that keeps their ordering according
+	// to the heap invariant.
+	data *heapData
+
+	// closed indicates that the queue is closed.
+	// It is mainly used to let Pop() exit its control loop while waiting for an item.
+	closed bool
+}
+
+// Close the Heap and signals condition variables that may be waiting to pop
+// items from the heap.
+func (h *Heap) Close() {
+	h.lock.Lock()
+	defer h.lock.Unlock()
+	h.closed = true
+	h.cond.Broadcast()
+}
+
+// Add inserts an item, and puts it in the queue. The item is updated if it
+// already exists.
+func (h *Heap) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := h.data.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	h.lock.Lock()
+	defer h.lock.Unlock()
+	if h.closed {
+		return fmt.Errorf(closedMsg)
+	}
+	if _, exists := h.data.items[key]; exists {
+		h.data.items[key].obj = obj
+		heap.Fix(h.data, h.data.items[key].index)
+	} else {
+		h.addIfNotPresentLocked(key, obj)
+	}
+	h.cond.Broadcast()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// BulkAdd adds all the items in the list to the queue and then signals the condition
+// variable. It is useful when the caller would like to add all of the items
+// to the queue before consumer starts processing them.
+func (h *Heap) BulkAdd(list []interface{}) error {
+	h.lock.Lock()
+	defer h.lock.Unlock()
+	if h.closed {
+		return fmt.Errorf(closedMsg)
+	}
+	for _, obj := range list {
+		key, err := h.data.keyFunc(obj)
+		if err != nil {
+			return KeyError{obj, err}
+		}
+		if _, exists := h.data.items[key]; exists {
+			h.data.items[key].obj = obj
+			heap.Fix(h.data, h.data.items[key].index)
+		} else {
+			h.addIfNotPresentLocked(key, obj)
+		}
+	}
+	h.cond.Broadcast()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddIfNotPresent inserts an item, and puts it in the queue. If an item with
+// the key is present in the map, no changes is made to the item.
+//
+// This is useful in a single producer/consumer scenario so that the consumer can
+// safely retry items without contending with the producer and potentially enqueueing
+// stale items.
+func (h *Heap) AddIfNotPresent(obj interface{}) error {
+	id, err := h.data.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	h.lock.Lock()
+	defer h.lock.Unlock()
+	if h.closed {
+		return fmt.Errorf(closedMsg)
+	}
+	h.addIfNotPresentLocked(id, obj)
+	h.cond.Broadcast()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// addIfNotPresentLocked assumes the lock is already held and adds the provided
+// item to the queue if it does not already exist.
+func (h *Heap) addIfNotPresentLocked(key string, obj interface{}) {
+	if _, exists := h.data.items[key]; exists {
+		return
+	}
+	heap.Push(h.data, &itemKeyValue{key, obj})
+}
+
+// Update is the same as Add in this implementation. When the item does not
+// exist, it is added.
+func (h *Heap) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	return h.Add(obj)
+}
+
+// Delete removes an item.
+func (h *Heap) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := h.data.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	h.lock.Lock()
+	defer h.lock.Unlock()
+	if item, ok := h.data.items[key]; ok {
+		heap.Remove(h.data, item.index)
+		return nil
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("object not found")
+}
+
+// Pop waits until an item is ready. If multiple items are
+// ready, they are returned in the order given by Heap.data.lessFunc.
+func (h *Heap) Pop() (interface{}, error) {
+	h.lock.Lock()
+	defer h.lock.Unlock()
+	for len(h.data.queue) == 0 {
+		// When the queue is empty, invocation of Pop() is blocked until new item is enqueued.
+		// When Close() is called, the h.closed is set and the condition is broadcast,
+		// which causes this loop to continue and return from the Pop().
+		if h.closed {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("heap is closed")
+		}
+		h.cond.Wait()
+	}
+	obj := heap.Pop(h.data)
+	if obj == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("object was removed from heap data")
+	}
+
+	return obj, nil
+}
+
+// List returns a list of all the items.
+func (h *Heap) List() []interface{} {
+	h.lock.RLock()
+	defer h.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, len(h.data.items))
+	for _, item := range h.data.items {
+		list = append(list, item.obj)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// ListKeys returns a list of all the keys of the objects currently in the Heap.
+func (h *Heap) ListKeys() []string {
+	h.lock.RLock()
+	defer h.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]string, 0, len(h.data.items))
+	for key := range h.data.items {
+		list = append(list, key)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// Get returns the requested item, or sets exists=false.
+func (h *Heap) Get(obj interface{}) (interface{}, bool, error) {
+	key, err := h.data.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false, KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	return h.GetByKey(key)
+}
+
+// GetByKey returns the requested item, or sets exists=false.
+func (h *Heap) GetByKey(key string) (interface{}, bool, error) {
+	h.lock.RLock()
+	defer h.lock.RUnlock()
+	item, exists := h.data.items[key]
+	if !exists {
+		return nil, false, nil
+	}
+	return item.obj, true, nil
+}
+
+// IsClosed returns true if the queue is closed.
+func (h *Heap) IsClosed() bool {
+	h.lock.RLock()
+	defer h.lock.RUnlock()
+	return h.closed
+}
+
+// NewHeap returns a Heap which can be used to queue up items to process.
+func NewHeap(keyFn KeyFunc, lessFn LessFunc) *Heap {
+	h := &Heap{
+		data: &heapData{
+			items:    map[string]*heapItem{},
+			queue:    []string{},
+			keyFunc:  keyFn,
+			lessFunc: lessFn,
+		},
+	}
+	h.cond.L = &h.lock
+	return h
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/index.go

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/sets"
+)
+
+// Indexer extends Store with multiple indices and restricts each
+// accumulator to simply hold the current object (and be empty after
+// Delete).
+//
+// There are three kinds of strings here:
+// 1. a storage key, as defined in the Store interface,
+// 2. a name of an index, and
+// 3. an "indexed value", which is produced by an IndexFunc and
+//    can be a field value or any other string computed from the object.
+type Indexer interface {
+	Store
+	// Index returns the stored objects whose set of indexed values
+	// intersects the set of indexed values of the given object, for
+	// the named index
+	Index(indexName string, obj interface{}) ([]interface{}, error)
+	// IndexKeys returns the storage keys of the stored objects whose
+	// set of indexed values for the named index includes the given
+	// indexed value
+	IndexKeys(indexName, indexedValue string) ([]string, error)
+	// ListIndexFuncValues returns all the indexed values of the given index
+	ListIndexFuncValues(indexName string) []string
+	// ByIndex returns the stored objects whose set of indexed values
+	// for the named index includes the given indexed value
+	ByIndex(indexName, indexedValue string) ([]interface{}, error)
+	// GetIndexer return the indexers
+	GetIndexers() Indexers
+
+	// AddIndexers adds more indexers to this store.  If you call this after you already have data
+	// in the store, the results are undefined.
+	AddIndexers(newIndexers Indexers) error
+}
+
+// IndexFunc knows how to compute the set of indexed values for an object.
+type IndexFunc func(obj interface{}) ([]string, error)
+
+// IndexFuncToKeyFuncAdapter adapts an indexFunc to a keyFunc.  This is only useful if your index function returns
+// unique values for every object.  This conversion can create errors when more than one key is found.  You
+// should prefer to make proper key and index functions.
+func IndexFuncToKeyFuncAdapter(indexFunc IndexFunc) KeyFunc {
+	return func(obj interface{}) (string, error) {
+		indexKeys, err := indexFunc(obj)
+		if err != nil {
+			return "", err
+		}
+		if len(indexKeys) > 1 {
+			return "", fmt.Errorf("too many keys: %v", indexKeys)
+		}
+		if len(indexKeys) == 0 {
+			return "", fmt.Errorf("unexpected empty indexKeys")
+		}
+		return indexKeys[0], nil
+	}
+}
+
+const (
+	// NamespaceIndex is the lookup name for the most common index function, which is to index by the namespace field.
+	NamespaceIndex string = "namespace"
+)
+
+// MetaNamespaceIndexFunc is a default index function that indexes based on an object's namespace
+func MetaNamespaceIndexFunc(obj interface{}) ([]string, error) {
+	meta, err := meta.Accessor(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return []string{""}, fmt.Errorf("object has no meta: %v", err)
+	}
+	return []string{meta.GetNamespace()}, nil
+}
+
+// Index maps the indexed value to a set of keys in the store that match on that value
+type Index map[string]sets.String
+
+// Indexers maps a name to an IndexFunc
+type Indexers map[string]IndexFunc
+
+// Indices maps a name to an Index
+type Indices map[string]Index

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/listers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/errors"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/labels"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema"
+)
+
+// AppendFunc is used to add a matching item to whatever list the caller is using
+type AppendFunc func(interface{})
+
+// ListAll calls appendFn with each value retrieved from store which matches the selector.
+func ListAll(store Store, selector labels.Selector, appendFn AppendFunc) error {
+	selectAll := selector.Empty()
+	for _, m := range store.List() {
+		if selectAll {
+			// Avoid computing labels of the objects to speed up common flows
+			// of listing all objects.
+			appendFn(m)
+			continue
+		}
+		metadata, err := meta.Accessor(m)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if selector.Matches(labels.Set(metadata.GetLabels())) {
+			appendFn(m)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ListAllByNamespace used to list items belongs to namespace from Indexer.
+func ListAllByNamespace(indexer Indexer, namespace string, selector labels.Selector, appendFn AppendFunc) error {
+	selectAll := selector.Empty()
+	if namespace == metav1.NamespaceAll {
+		for _, m := range indexer.List() {
+			if selectAll {
+				// Avoid computing labels of the objects to speed up common flows
+				// of listing all objects.
+				appendFn(m)
+				continue
+			}
+			metadata, err := meta.Accessor(m)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			if selector.Matches(labels.Set(metadata.GetLabels())) {
+				appendFn(m)
+			}
+		}
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	items, err := indexer.Index(NamespaceIndex, &metav1.ObjectMeta{Namespace: namespace})
+	if err != nil {
+		// Ignore error; do slow search without index.
+		klog.Warningf("can not retrieve list of objects using index : %v", err)
+		for _, m := range indexer.List() {
+			metadata, err := meta.Accessor(m)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			if metadata.GetNamespace() == namespace && selector.Matches(labels.Set(metadata.GetLabels())) {
+				appendFn(m)
+			}
+
+		}
+		return nil
+	}
+	for _, m := range items {
+		if selectAll {
+			// Avoid computing labels of the objects to speed up common flows
+			// of listing all objects.
+			appendFn(m)
+			continue
+		}
+		metadata, err := meta.Accessor(m)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if selector.Matches(labels.Set(metadata.GetLabels())) {
+			appendFn(m)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GenericLister is a lister skin on a generic Indexer
+type GenericLister interface {
+	// List will return all objects across namespaces
+	List(selector labels.Selector) (ret []runtime.Object, err error)
+	// Get will attempt to retrieve assuming that name==key
+	Get(name string) (runtime.Object, error)
+	// ByNamespace will give you a GenericNamespaceLister for one namespace
+	ByNamespace(namespace string) GenericNamespaceLister
+}
+
+// GenericNamespaceLister is a lister skin on a generic Indexer
+type GenericNamespaceLister interface {
+	// List will return all objects in this namespace
+	List(selector labels.Selector) (ret []runtime.Object, err error)
+	// Get will attempt to retrieve by namespace and name
+	Get(name string) (runtime.Object, error)
+}
+
+// NewGenericLister creates a new instance for the genericLister.
+func NewGenericLister(indexer Indexer, resource schema.GroupResource) GenericLister {
+	return &genericLister{indexer: indexer, resource: resource}
+}
+
+type genericLister struct {
+	indexer  Indexer
+	resource schema.GroupResource
+}
+
+func (s *genericLister) List(selector labels.Selector) (ret []runtime.Object, err error) {
+	err = ListAll(s.indexer, selector, func(m interface{}) {
+		ret = append(ret, m.(runtime.Object))
+	})
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+func (s *genericLister) ByNamespace(namespace string) GenericNamespaceLister {
+	return &genericNamespaceLister{indexer: s.indexer, namespace: namespace, resource: s.resource}
+}
+
+func (s *genericLister) Get(name string) (runtime.Object, error) {
+	obj, exists, err := s.indexer.GetByKey(name)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !exists {
+		return nil, errors.NewNotFound(s.resource, name)
+	}
+	return obj.(runtime.Object), nil
+}
+
+type genericNamespaceLister struct {
+	indexer   Indexer
+	namespace string
+	resource  schema.GroupResource
+}
+
+func (s *genericNamespaceLister) List(selector labels.Selector) (ret []runtime.Object, err error) {
+	err = ListAllByNamespace(s.indexer, s.namespace, selector, func(m interface{}) {
+		ret = append(ret, m.(runtime.Object))
+	})
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+func (s *genericNamespaceLister) Get(name string) (runtime.Object, error) {
+	obj, exists, err := s.indexer.GetByKey(s.namespace + "/" + name)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !exists {
+		return nil, errors.NewNotFound(s.resource, name)
+	}
+	return obj.(runtime.Object), nil
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/listwatch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/fields"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/watch"
+	restclient "k8s.io/client-go/rest"
+)
+
+// Lister is any object that knows how to perform an initial list.
+type Lister interface {
+	// List should return a list type object; the Items field will be extracted, and the
+	// ResourceVersion field will be used to start the watch in the right place.
+	List(options metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error)
+}
+
+// Watcher is any object that knows how to start a watch on a resource.
+type Watcher interface {
+	// Watch should begin a watch at the specified version.
+	Watch(options metav1.ListOptions) (watch.Interface, error)
+}
+
+// ListerWatcher is any object that knows how to perform an initial list and start a watch on a resource.
+type ListerWatcher interface {
+	Lister
+	Watcher
+}
+
+// ListFunc knows how to list resources
+type ListFunc func(options metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error)
+
+// WatchFunc knows how to watch resources
+type WatchFunc func(options metav1.ListOptions) (watch.Interface, error)
+
+// ListWatch knows how to list and watch a set of apiserver resources.  It satisfies the ListerWatcher interface.
+// It is a convenience function for users of NewReflector, etc.
+// ListFunc and WatchFunc must not be nil
+type ListWatch struct {
+	ListFunc  ListFunc
+	WatchFunc WatchFunc
+	// DisableChunking requests no chunking for this list watcher.
+	DisableChunking bool
+}
+
+// Getter interface knows how to access Get method from RESTClient.
+type Getter interface {
+	Get() *restclient.Request
+}
+
+// NewListWatchFromClient creates a new ListWatch from the specified client, resource, namespace and field selector.
+func NewListWatchFromClient(c Getter, resource string, namespace string, fieldSelector fields.Selector) *ListWatch {
+	optionsModifier := func(options *metav1.ListOptions) {
+		options.FieldSelector = fieldSelector.String()
+	}
+	return NewFilteredListWatchFromClient(c, resource, namespace, optionsModifier)
+}
+
+// NewFilteredListWatchFromClient creates a new ListWatch from the specified client, resource, namespace, and option modifier.
+// Option modifier is a function takes a ListOptions and modifies the consumed ListOptions. Provide customized modifier function
+// to apply modification to ListOptions with a field selector, a label selector, or any other desired options.
+func NewFilteredListWatchFromClient(c Getter, resource string, namespace string, optionsModifier func(options *metav1.ListOptions)) *ListWatch {
+	listFunc := func(options metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error) {
+		optionsModifier(&options)
+		return c.Get().
+			Namespace(namespace).
+			Resource(resource).
+			VersionedParams(&options, metav1.ParameterCodec).
+			Do(context.TODO()).
+			Get()
+	}
+	watchFunc := func(options metav1.ListOptions) (watch.Interface, error) {
+		options.Watch = true
+		optionsModifier(&options)
+		return c.Get().
+			Namespace(namespace).
+			Resource(resource).
+			VersionedParams(&options, metav1.ParameterCodec).
+			Watch(context.TODO())
+	}
+	return &ListWatch{ListFunc: listFunc, WatchFunc: watchFunc}
+}
+
+// List a set of apiserver resources
+func (lw *ListWatch) List(options metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error) {
+	// ListWatch is used in Reflector, which already supports pagination.
+	// Don't paginate here to avoid duplication.
+	return lw.ListFunc(options)
+}
+
+// Watch a set of apiserver resources
+func (lw *ListWatch) Watch(options metav1.ListOptions) (watch.Interface, error) {
+	return lw.WatchFunc(options)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/mutation_cache.go

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	utilcache "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/cache"
+	utilruntime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/sets"
+)
+
+// MutationCache is able to take the result of update operations and stores them in an LRU
+// that can be used to provide a more current view of a requested object.  It requires interpreting
+// resourceVersions for comparisons.
+// Implementations must be thread-safe.
+// TODO find a way to layer this into an informer/lister
+type MutationCache interface {
+	GetByKey(key string) (interface{}, bool, error)
+	ByIndex(indexName, indexKey string) ([]interface{}, error)
+	Mutation(interface{})
+}
+
+// ResourceVersionComparator is able to compare object versions.
+type ResourceVersionComparator interface {
+	CompareResourceVersion(lhs, rhs runtime.Object) int
+}
+
+// NewIntegerResourceVersionMutationCache returns a MutationCache that understands how to
+// deal with objects that have a resource version that:
+//
+//   - is an integer
+//   - increases when updated
+//   - is comparable across the same resource in a namespace
+//
+// Most backends will have these semantics. Indexer may be nil. ttl controls how long an item
+// remains in the mutation cache before it is removed.
+//
+// If includeAdds is true, objects in the mutation cache will be returned even if they don't exist
+// in the underlying store. This is only safe if your use of the cache can handle mutation entries
+// remaining in the cache for up to ttl when mutations and deletes occur very closely in time.
+func NewIntegerResourceVersionMutationCache(backingCache Store, indexer Indexer, ttl time.Duration, includeAdds bool) MutationCache {
+	return &mutationCache{
+		backingCache:  backingCache,
+		indexer:       indexer,
+		mutationCache: utilcache.NewLRUExpireCache(100),
+		comparator:    etcdObjectVersioner{},
+		ttl:           ttl,
+		includeAdds:   includeAdds,
+	}
+}
+
+// mutationCache doesn't guarantee that it returns values added via Mutation since they can page out and
+// since you can't distinguish between, "didn't observe create" and "was deleted after create",
+// if the key is missing from the backing cache, we always return it as missing
+type mutationCache struct {
+	lock          sync.Mutex
+	backingCache  Store
+	indexer       Indexer
+	mutationCache *utilcache.LRUExpireCache
+	includeAdds   bool
+	ttl           time.Duration
+
+	comparator ResourceVersionComparator
+}
+
+// GetByKey is never guaranteed to return back the value set in Mutation.  It could be paged out, it could
+// be older than another copy, the backingCache may be more recent or, you might have written twice into the same key.
+// You get a value that was valid at some snapshot of time and will always return the newer of backingCache and mutationCache.
+func (c *mutationCache) GetByKey(key string) (interface{}, bool, error) {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+
+	obj, exists, err := c.backingCache.GetByKey(key)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false, err
+	}
+	if !exists {
+		if !c.includeAdds {
+			// we can't distinguish between, "didn't observe create" and "was deleted after create", so
+			// if the key is missing, we always return it as missing
+			return nil, false, nil
+		}
+		obj, exists = c.mutationCache.Get(key)
+		if !exists {
+			return nil, false, nil
+		}
+	}
+	objRuntime, ok := obj.(runtime.Object)
+	if !ok {
+		return obj, true, nil
+	}
+	return c.newerObject(key, objRuntime), true, nil
+}
+
+// ByIndex returns the newer objects that match the provided index and indexer key.
+// Will return an error if no indexer was provided.
+func (c *mutationCache) ByIndex(name string, indexKey string) ([]interface{}, error) {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+	if c.indexer == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("no indexer has been provided to the mutation cache")
+	}
+	keys, err := c.indexer.IndexKeys(name, indexKey)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var items []interface{}
+	keySet := sets.NewString()
+	for _, key := range keys {
+		keySet.Insert(key)
+		obj, exists, err := c.indexer.GetByKey(key)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		if !exists {
+			continue
+		}
+		if objRuntime, ok := obj.(runtime.Object); ok {
+			items = append(items, c.newerObject(key, objRuntime))
+		} else {
+			items = append(items, obj)
+		}
+	}
+
+	if c.includeAdds {
+		fn := c.indexer.GetIndexers()[name]
+		// Keys() is returned oldest to newest, so full traversal does not alter the LRU behavior
+		for _, key := range c.mutationCache.Keys() {
+			updated, ok := c.mutationCache.Get(key)
+			if !ok {
+				continue
+			}
+			if keySet.Has(key.(string)) {
+				continue
+			}
+			elements, err := fn(updated)
+			if err != nil {
+				klog.V(4).Infof("Unable to calculate an index entry for mutation cache entry %s: %v", key, err)
+				continue
+			}
+			for _, inIndex := range elements {
+				if inIndex != indexKey {
+					continue
+				}
+				items = append(items, updated)
+				break
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return items, nil
+}
+
+// newerObject checks the mutation cache for a newer object and returns one if found. If the
+// mutated object is older than the backing object, it is removed from the  Must be
+// called while the lock is held.
+func (c *mutationCache) newerObject(key string, backing runtime.Object) runtime.Object {
+	mutatedObj, exists := c.mutationCache.Get(key)
+	if !exists {
+		return backing
+	}
+	mutatedObjRuntime, ok := mutatedObj.(runtime.Object)
+	if !ok {
+		return backing
+	}
+	if c.comparator.CompareResourceVersion(backing, mutatedObjRuntime) >= 0 {
+		c.mutationCache.Remove(key)
+		return backing
+	}
+	return mutatedObjRuntime
+}
+
+// Mutation adds a change to the cache that can be returned in GetByKey if it is newer than the backingCache
+// copy.  If you call Mutation twice with the same object on different threads, one will win, but its not defined
+// which one.  This doesn't affect correctness, since the GetByKey guaranteed of "later of these two caches" is
+// preserved, but you may not get the version of the object you want.  The object you get is only guaranteed to
+// "one that was valid at some point in time", not "the one that I want".
+func (c *mutationCache) Mutation(obj interface{}) {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+
+	key, err := DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		// this is a "nice to have", so failures shouldn't do anything weird
+		utilruntime.HandleError(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if objRuntime, ok := obj.(runtime.Object); ok {
+		if mutatedObj, exists := c.mutationCache.Get(key); exists {
+			if mutatedObjRuntime, ok := mutatedObj.(runtime.Object); ok {
+				if c.comparator.CompareResourceVersion(objRuntime, mutatedObjRuntime) < 0 {
+					return
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	c.mutationCache.Add(key, obj, c.ttl)
+}
+
+// etcdObjectVersioner implements versioning and extracting etcd node information
+// for objects that have an embedded ObjectMeta or ListMeta field.
+type etcdObjectVersioner struct{}
+
+// ObjectResourceVersion implements Versioner
+func (a etcdObjectVersioner) ObjectResourceVersion(obj runtime.Object) (uint64, error) {
+	accessor, err := meta.Accessor(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	version := accessor.GetResourceVersion()
+	if len(version) == 0 {
+		return 0, nil
+	}
+	return strconv.ParseUint(version, 10, 64)
+}
+
+// CompareResourceVersion compares etcd resource versions.  Outside this API they are all strings,
+// but etcd resource versions are special, they're actually ints, so we can easily compare them.
+func (a etcdObjectVersioner) CompareResourceVersion(lhs, rhs runtime.Object) int {
+	lhsVersion, err := a.ObjectResourceVersion(lhs)
+	if err != nil {
+		// coder error
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	rhsVersion, err := a.ObjectResourceVersion(rhs)
+	if err != nil {
+		// coder error
+		panic(err)
+	}
+
+	if lhsVersion == rhsVersion {
+		return 0
+	}
+	if lhsVersion < rhsVersion {
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	return 1
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/mutation_detector.go

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"reflect"
+	"strconv"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/diff"
+)
+
+var mutationDetectionEnabled = false
+
+func init() {
+	mutationDetectionEnabled, _ = strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv("KUBE_CACHE_MUTATION_DETECTOR"))
+}
+
+// MutationDetector is able to monitor objects for mutation within a limited window of time
+type MutationDetector interface {
+	// AddObject adds the given object to the set being monitored for a while from now
+	AddObject(obj interface{})
+
+	// Run starts the monitoring and does not return until the monitoring is stopped.
+	Run(stopCh <-chan struct{})
+}
+
+// NewCacheMutationDetector creates a new instance for the defaultCacheMutationDetector.
+func NewCacheMutationDetector(name string) MutationDetector {
+	if !mutationDetectionEnabled {
+		return dummyMutationDetector{}
+	}
+	klog.Warningln("Mutation detector is enabled, this will result in memory leakage.")
+	return &defaultCacheMutationDetector{name: name, period: 1 * time.Second, retainDuration: 2 * time.Minute}
+}
+
+type dummyMutationDetector struct{}
+
+func (dummyMutationDetector) Run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+}
+func (dummyMutationDetector) AddObject(obj interface{}) {
+}
+
+// defaultCacheMutationDetector gives a way to detect if a cached object has been mutated
+// It has a list of cached objects and their copies.  I haven't thought of a way
+// to see WHO is mutating it, just that it's getting mutated.
+type defaultCacheMutationDetector struct {
+	name   string
+	period time.Duration
+
+	// compareLock ensures only a single call to CompareObjects runs at a time
+	compareObjectsLock sync.Mutex
+
+	// addLock guards addedObjs between AddObject and CompareObjects
+	addedObjsLock sync.Mutex
+	addedObjs     []cacheObj
+
+	cachedObjs []cacheObj
+
+	retainDuration     time.Duration
+	lastRotated        time.Time
+	retainedCachedObjs []cacheObj
+
+	// failureFunc is injectable for unit testing.  If you don't have it, the process will panic.
+	// This panic is intentional, since turning on this detection indicates you want a strong
+	// failure signal.  This failure is effectively a p0 bug and you can't trust process results
+	// after a mutation anyway.
+	failureFunc func(message string)
+}
+
+// cacheObj holds the actual object and a copy
+type cacheObj struct {
+	cached interface{}
+	copied interface{}
+}
+
+func (d *defaultCacheMutationDetector) Run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+	// we DON'T want protection from panics.  If we're running this code, we want to die
+	for {
+		if d.lastRotated.IsZero() {
+			d.lastRotated = time.Now()
+		} else if time.Since(d.lastRotated) > d.retainDuration {
+			d.retainedCachedObjs = d.cachedObjs
+			d.cachedObjs = nil
+			d.lastRotated = time.Now()
+		}
+
+		d.CompareObjects()
+
+		select {
+		case <-stopCh:
+			return
+		case <-time.After(d.period):
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// AddObject makes a deep copy of the object for later comparison.  It only works on runtime.Object
+// but that covers the vast majority of our cached objects
+func (d *defaultCacheMutationDetector) AddObject(obj interface{}) {
+	if _, ok := obj.(DeletedFinalStateUnknown); ok {
+		return
+	}
+	if obj, ok := obj.(runtime.Object); ok {
+		copiedObj := obj.DeepCopyObject()
+
+		d.addedObjsLock.Lock()
+		defer d.addedObjsLock.Unlock()
+		d.addedObjs = append(d.addedObjs, cacheObj{cached: obj, copied: copiedObj})
+	}
+}
+
+func (d *defaultCacheMutationDetector) CompareObjects() {
+	d.compareObjectsLock.Lock()
+	defer d.compareObjectsLock.Unlock()
+
+	// move addedObjs into cachedObjs under lock
+	// this keeps the critical section small to avoid blocking AddObject while we compare cachedObjs
+	d.addedObjsLock.Lock()
+	d.cachedObjs = append(d.cachedObjs, d.addedObjs...)
+	d.addedObjs = nil
+	d.addedObjsLock.Unlock()
+
+	altered := false
+	for i, obj := range d.cachedObjs {
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(obj.cached, obj.copied) {
+			fmt.Printf("CACHE %s[%d] ALTERED!\n%v\n", d.name, i, diff.ObjectGoPrintSideBySide(obj.cached, obj.copied))
+			altered = true
+		}
+	}
+	for i, obj := range d.retainedCachedObjs {
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(obj.cached, obj.copied) {
+			fmt.Printf("CACHE %s[%d] ALTERED!\n%v\n", d.name, i, diff.ObjectGoPrintSideBySide(obj.cached, obj.copied))
+			altered = true
+		}
+	}
+
+	if altered {
+		msg := fmt.Sprintf("cache %s modified", d.name)
+		if d.failureFunc != nil {
+			d.failureFunc(msg)
+			return
+		}
+		panic(msg)
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/reflector.go

@@ -0,0 +1,616 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"math/rand"
+	"reflect"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	apierrors "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/errors"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1/unstructured"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/naming"
+	utilnet "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/net"
+	utilruntime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/wait"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/watch"
+	"k8s.io/client-go/tools/pager"
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+	"k8s.io/utils/clock"
+	"k8s.io/utils/trace"
+)
+
+const defaultExpectedTypeName = "<unspecified>"
+
+// Reflector watches a specified resource and causes all changes to be reflected in the given store.
+type Reflector struct {
+	// name identifies this reflector. By default it will be a file:line if possible.
+	name string
+
+	// The name of the type we expect to place in the store. The name
+	// will be the stringification of expectedGVK if provided, and the
+	// stringification of expectedType otherwise. It is for display
+	// only, and should not be used for parsing or comparison.
+	expectedTypeName string
+	// An example object of the type we expect to place in the store.
+	// Only the type needs to be right, except that when that is
+	// `unstructured.Unstructured` the object's `"apiVersion"` and
+	// `"kind"` must also be right.
+	expectedType reflect.Type
+	// The GVK of the object we expect to place in the store if unstructured.
+	expectedGVK *schema.GroupVersionKind
+	// The destination to sync up with the watch source
+	store Store
+	// listerWatcher is used to perform lists and watches.
+	listerWatcher ListerWatcher
+
+	// backoff manages backoff of ListWatch
+	backoffManager wait.BackoffManager
+	// initConnBackoffManager manages backoff the initial connection with the Watch call of ListAndWatch.
+	initConnBackoffManager wait.BackoffManager
+
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration
+	// ShouldResync is invoked periodically and whenever it returns `true` the Store's Resync operation is invoked
+	ShouldResync func() bool
+	// clock allows tests to manipulate time
+	clock clock.Clock
+	// paginatedResult defines whether pagination should be forced for list calls.
+	// It is set based on the result of the initial list call.
+	paginatedResult bool
+	// lastSyncResourceVersion is the resource version token last
+	// observed when doing a sync with the underlying store
+	// it is thread safe, but not synchronized with the underlying store
+	lastSyncResourceVersion string
+	// isLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable is true if the previous list or watch request with
+	// lastSyncResourceVersion failed with an "expired" or "too large resource version" error.
+	isLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable bool
+	// lastSyncResourceVersionMutex guards read/write access to lastSyncResourceVersion
+	lastSyncResourceVersionMutex sync.RWMutex
+	// WatchListPageSize is the requested chunk size of initial and resync watch lists.
+	// If unset, for consistent reads (RV="") or reads that opt-into arbitrarily old data
+	// (RV="0") it will default to pager.PageSize, for the rest (RV != "" && RV != "0")
+	// it will turn off pagination to allow serving them from watch cache.
+	// NOTE: It should be used carefully as paginated lists are always served directly from
+	// etcd, which is significantly less efficient and may lead to serious performance and
+	// scalability problems.
+	WatchListPageSize int64
+	// Called whenever the ListAndWatch drops the connection with an error.
+	watchErrorHandler WatchErrorHandler
+}
+
+// ResourceVersionUpdater is an interface that allows store implementation to
+// track the current resource version of the reflector. This is especially
+// important if storage bookmarks are enabled.
+type ResourceVersionUpdater interface {
+	// UpdateResourceVersion is called each time current resource version of the reflector
+	// is updated.
+	UpdateResourceVersion(resourceVersion string)
+}
+
+// The WatchErrorHandler is called whenever ListAndWatch drops the
+// connection with an error. After calling this handler, the informer
+// will backoff and retry.
+//
+// The default implementation looks at the error type and tries to log
+// the error message at an appropriate level.
+//
+// Implementations of this handler may display the error message in other
+// ways. Implementations should return quickly - any expensive processing
+// should be offloaded.
+type WatchErrorHandler func(r *Reflector, err error)
+
+// DefaultWatchErrorHandler is the default implementation of WatchErrorHandler
+func DefaultWatchErrorHandler(r *Reflector, err error) {
+	switch {
+	case isExpiredError(err):
+		// Don't set LastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable - LIST call with ResourceVersion=RV already
+		// has a semantic that it returns data at least as fresh as provided RV.
+		// So first try to LIST with setting RV to resource version of last observed object.
+		klog.V(4).Infof("%s: watch of %v closed with: %v", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, err)
+	case err == io.EOF:
+		// watch closed normally
+	case err == io.ErrUnexpectedEOF:
+		klog.V(1).Infof("%s: Watch for %v closed with unexpected EOF: %v", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, err)
+	default:
+		utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: Failed to watch %v: %v", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, err))
+	}
+}
+
+var (
+	// We try to spread the load on apiserver by setting timeouts for
+	// watch requests - it is random in [minWatchTimeout, 2*minWatchTimeout].
+	minWatchTimeout = 5 * time.Minute
+)
+
+// NewNamespaceKeyedIndexerAndReflector creates an Indexer and a Reflector
+// The indexer is configured to key on namespace
+func NewNamespaceKeyedIndexerAndReflector(lw ListerWatcher, expectedType interface{}, resyncPeriod time.Duration) (indexer Indexer, reflector *Reflector) {
+	indexer = NewIndexer(MetaNamespaceKeyFunc, Indexers{NamespaceIndex: MetaNamespaceIndexFunc})
+	reflector = NewReflector(lw, expectedType, indexer, resyncPeriod)
+	return indexer, reflector
+}
+
+// NewReflector creates a new Reflector object which will keep the
+// given store up to date with the server's contents for the given
+// resource. Reflector promises to only put things in the store that
+// have the type of expectedType, unless expectedType is nil. If
+// resyncPeriod is non-zero, then the reflector will periodically
+// consult its ShouldResync function to determine whether to invoke
+// the Store's Resync operation; `ShouldResync==nil` means always
+// "yes".  This enables you to use reflectors to periodically process
+// everything as well as incrementally processing the things that
+// change.
+func NewReflector(lw ListerWatcher, expectedType interface{}, store Store, resyncPeriod time.Duration) *Reflector {
+	return NewNamedReflector(naming.GetNameFromCallsite(internalPackages...), lw, expectedType, store, resyncPeriod)
+}
+
+// NewNamedReflector same as NewReflector, but with a specified name for logging
+func NewNamedReflector(name string, lw ListerWatcher, expectedType interface{}, store Store, resyncPeriod time.Duration) *Reflector {
+	realClock := &clock.RealClock{}
+	r := &Reflector{
+		name:          name,
+		listerWatcher: lw,
+		store:         store,
+		// We used to make the call every 1sec (1 QPS), the goal here is to achieve ~98% traffic reduction when
+		// API server is not healthy. With these parameters, backoff will stop at [30,60) sec interval which is
+		// 0.22 QPS. If we don't backoff for 2min, assume API server is healthy and we reset the backoff.
+		backoffManager:         wait.NewExponentialBackoffManager(800*time.Millisecond, 30*time.Second, 2*time.Minute, 2.0, 1.0, realClock),
+		initConnBackoffManager: wait.NewExponentialBackoffManager(800*time.Millisecond, 30*time.Second, 2*time.Minute, 2.0, 1.0, realClock),
+		resyncPeriod:           resyncPeriod,
+		clock:                  realClock,
+		watchErrorHandler:      WatchErrorHandler(DefaultWatchErrorHandler),
+	}
+	r.setExpectedType(expectedType)
+	return r
+}
+
+func (r *Reflector) setExpectedType(expectedType interface{}) {
+	r.expectedType = reflect.TypeOf(expectedType)
+	if r.expectedType == nil {
+		r.expectedTypeName = defaultExpectedTypeName
+		return
+	}
+
+	r.expectedTypeName = r.expectedType.String()
+
+	if obj, ok := expectedType.(*unstructured.Unstructured); ok {
+		// Use gvk to check that watch event objects are of the desired type.
+		gvk := obj.GroupVersionKind()
+		if gvk.Empty() {
+			klog.V(4).Infof("Reflector from %s configured with expectedType of *unstructured.Unstructured with empty GroupVersionKind.", r.name)
+			return
+		}
+		r.expectedGVK = &gvk
+		r.expectedTypeName = gvk.String()
+	}
+}
+
+// internalPackages are packages that ignored when creating a default reflector name. These packages are in the common
+// call chains to NewReflector, so they'd be low entropy names for reflectors
+var internalPackages = []string{"client-go/tools/cache/"}
+
+// Run repeatedly uses the reflector's ListAndWatch to fetch all the
+// objects and subsequent deltas.
+// Run will exit when stopCh is closed.
+func (r *Reflector) Run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+	klog.V(3).Infof("Starting reflector %s (%s) from %s", r.expectedTypeName, r.resyncPeriod, r.name)
+	wait.BackoffUntil(func() {
+		if err := r.ListAndWatch(stopCh); err != nil {
+			r.watchErrorHandler(r, err)
+		}
+	}, r.backoffManager, true, stopCh)
+	klog.V(3).Infof("Stopping reflector %s (%s) from %s", r.expectedTypeName, r.resyncPeriod, r.name)
+}
+
+var (
+	// nothing will ever be sent down this channel
+	neverExitWatch <-chan time.Time = make(chan time.Time)
+
+	// Used to indicate that watching stopped because of a signal from the stop
+	// channel passed in from a client of the reflector.
+	errorStopRequested = errors.New("stop requested")
+)
+
+// resyncChan returns a channel which will receive something when a resync is
+// required, and a cleanup function.
+func (r *Reflector) resyncChan() (<-chan time.Time, func() bool) {
+	if r.resyncPeriod == 0 {
+		return neverExitWatch, func() bool { return false }
+	}
+	// The cleanup function is required: imagine the scenario where watches
+	// always fail so we end up listing frequently. Then, if we don't
+	// manually stop the timer, we could end up with many timers active
+	// concurrently.
+	t := r.clock.NewTimer(r.resyncPeriod)
+	return t.C(), t.Stop
+}
+
+// ListAndWatch first lists all items and get the resource version at the moment of call,
+// and then use the resource version to watch.
+// It returns error if ListAndWatch didn't even try to initialize watch.
+func (r *Reflector) ListAndWatch(stopCh <-chan struct{}) error {
+	klog.V(3).Infof("Listing and watching %v from %s", r.expectedTypeName, r.name)
+	var resourceVersion string
+
+	options := metav1.ListOptions{ResourceVersion: r.relistResourceVersion()}
+
+	if err := func() error {
+		initTrace := trace.New("Reflector ListAndWatch", trace.Field{Key: "name", Value: r.name})
+		defer initTrace.LogIfLong(10 * time.Second)
+		var list runtime.Object
+		var paginatedResult bool
+		var err error
+		listCh := make(chan struct{}, 1)
+		panicCh := make(chan interface{}, 1)
+		go func() {
+			defer func() {
+				if r := recover(); r != nil {
+					panicCh <- r
+				}
+			}()
+			// Attempt to gather list in chunks, if supported by listerWatcher, if not, the first
+			// list request will return the full response.
+			pager := pager.New(pager.SimplePageFunc(func(opts metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error) {
+				return r.listerWatcher.List(opts)
+			}))
+			switch {
+			case r.WatchListPageSize != 0:
+				pager.PageSize = r.WatchListPageSize
+			case r.paginatedResult:
+				// We got a paginated result initially. Assume this resource and server honor
+				// paging requests (i.e. watch cache is probably disabled) and leave the default
+				// pager size set.
+			case options.ResourceVersion != "" && options.ResourceVersion != "0":
+				// User didn't explicitly request pagination.
+				//
+				// With ResourceVersion != "", we have a possibility to list from watch cache,
+				// but we do that (for ResourceVersion != "0") only if Limit is unset.
+				// To avoid thundering herd on etcd (e.g. on master upgrades), we explicitly
+				// switch off pagination to force listing from watch cache (if enabled).
+				// With the existing semantic of RV (result is at least as fresh as provided RV),
+				// this is correct and doesn't lead to going back in time.
+				//
+				// We also don't turn off pagination for ResourceVersion="0", since watch cache
+				// is ignoring Limit in that case anyway, and if watch cache is not enabled
+				// we don't introduce regression.
+				pager.PageSize = 0
+			}
+
+			list, paginatedResult, err = pager.List(context.Background(), options)
+			if isExpiredError(err) || isTooLargeResourceVersionError(err) {
+				r.setIsLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable(true)
+				// Retry immediately if the resource version used to list is unavailable.
+				// The pager already falls back to full list if paginated list calls fail due to an "Expired" error on
+				// continuation pages, but the pager might not be enabled, the full list might fail because the
+				// resource version it is listing at is expired or the cache may not yet be synced to the provided
+				// resource version. So we need to fallback to resourceVersion="" in all to recover and ensure
+				// the reflector makes forward progress.
+				list, paginatedResult, err = pager.List(context.Background(), metav1.ListOptions{ResourceVersion: r.relistResourceVersion()})
+			}
+			close(listCh)
+		}()
+		select {
+		case <-stopCh:
+			return nil
+		case r := <-panicCh:
+			panic(r)
+		case <-listCh:
+		}
+		initTrace.Step("Objects listed", trace.Field{Key: "error", Value: err})
+		if err != nil {
+			klog.Warningf("%s: failed to list %v: %v", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, err)
+			return fmt.Errorf("failed to list %v: %v", r.expectedTypeName, err)
+		}
+
+		// We check if the list was paginated and if so set the paginatedResult based on that.
+		// However, we want to do that only for the initial list (which is the only case
+		// when we set ResourceVersion="0"). The reasoning behind it is that later, in some
+		// situations we may force listing directly from etcd (by setting ResourceVersion="")
+		// which will return paginated result, even if watch cache is enabled. However, in
+		// that case, we still want to prefer sending requests to watch cache if possible.
+		//
+		// Paginated result returned for request with ResourceVersion="0" mean that watch
+		// cache is disabled and there are a lot of objects of a given type. In such case,
+		// there is no need to prefer listing from watch cache.
+		if options.ResourceVersion == "0" && paginatedResult {
+			r.paginatedResult = true
+		}
+
+		r.setIsLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable(false) // list was successful
+		listMetaInterface, err := meta.ListAccessor(list)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("unable to understand list result %#v: %v", list, err)
+		}
+		resourceVersion = listMetaInterface.GetResourceVersion()
+		initTrace.Step("Resource version extracted")
+		items, err := meta.ExtractList(list)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("unable to understand list result %#v (%v)", list, err)
+		}
+		initTrace.Step("Objects extracted")
+		if err := r.syncWith(items, resourceVersion); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("unable to sync list result: %v", err)
+		}
+		initTrace.Step("SyncWith done")
+		r.setLastSyncResourceVersion(resourceVersion)
+		initTrace.Step("Resource version updated")
+		return nil
+	}(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	resyncerrc := make(chan error, 1)
+	cancelCh := make(chan struct{})
+	defer close(cancelCh)
+	go func() {
+		resyncCh, cleanup := r.resyncChan()
+		defer func() {
+			cleanup() // Call the last one written into cleanup
+		}()
+		for {
+			select {
+			case <-resyncCh:
+			case <-stopCh:
+				return
+			case <-cancelCh:
+				return
+			}
+			if r.ShouldResync == nil || r.ShouldResync() {
+				klog.V(4).Infof("%s: forcing resync", r.name)
+				if err := r.store.Resync(); err != nil {
+					resyncerrc <- err
+					return
+				}
+			}
+			cleanup()
+			resyncCh, cleanup = r.resyncChan()
+		}
+	}()
+
+	for {
+		// give the stopCh a chance to stop the loop, even in case of continue statements further down on errors
+		select {
+		case <-stopCh:
+			return nil
+		default:
+		}
+
+		timeoutSeconds := int64(minWatchTimeout.Seconds() * (rand.Float64() + 1.0))
+		options = metav1.ListOptions{
+			ResourceVersion: resourceVersion,
+			// We want to avoid situations of hanging watchers. Stop any watchers that do not
+			// receive any events within the timeout window.
+			TimeoutSeconds: &timeoutSeconds,
+			// To reduce load on kube-apiserver on watch restarts, you may enable watch bookmarks.
+			// Reflector doesn't assume bookmarks are returned at all (if the server do not support
+			// watch bookmarks, it will ignore this field).
+			AllowWatchBookmarks: true,
+		}
+
+		// start the clock before sending the request, since some proxies won't flush headers until after the first watch event is sent
+		start := r.clock.Now()
+		w, err := r.listerWatcher.Watch(options)
+		if err != nil {
+			// If this is "connection refused" error, it means that most likely apiserver is not responsive.
+			// It doesn't make sense to re-list all objects because most likely we will be able to restart
+			// watch where we ended.
+			// If that's the case begin exponentially backing off and resend watch request.
+			// Do the same for "429" errors.
+			if utilnet.IsConnectionRefused(err) || apierrors.IsTooManyRequests(err) {
+				<-r.initConnBackoffManager.Backoff().C()
+				continue
+			}
+			return err
+		}
+
+		if err := r.watchHandler(start, w, &resourceVersion, resyncerrc, stopCh); err != nil {
+			if err != errorStopRequested {
+				switch {
+				case isExpiredError(err):
+					// Don't set LastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable - LIST call with ResourceVersion=RV already
+					// has a semantic that it returns data at least as fresh as provided RV.
+					// So first try to LIST with setting RV to resource version of last observed object.
+					klog.V(4).Infof("%s: watch of %v closed with: %v", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, err)
+				case apierrors.IsTooManyRequests(err):
+					klog.V(2).Infof("%s: watch of %v returned 429 - backing off", r.name, r.expectedTypeName)
+					<-r.initConnBackoffManager.Backoff().C()
+					continue
+				default:
+					klog.Warningf("%s: watch of %v ended with: %v", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, err)
+				}
+			}
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// syncWith replaces the store's items with the given list.
+func (r *Reflector) syncWith(items []runtime.Object, resourceVersion string) error {
+	found := make([]interface{}, 0, len(items))
+	for _, item := range items {
+		found = append(found, item)
+	}
+	return r.store.Replace(found, resourceVersion)
+}
+
+// watchHandler watches w and keeps *resourceVersion up to date.
+func (r *Reflector) watchHandler(start time.Time, w watch.Interface, resourceVersion *string, errc chan error, stopCh <-chan struct{}) error {
+	eventCount := 0
+
+	// Stopping the watcher should be idempotent and if we return from this function there's no way
+	// we're coming back in with the same watch interface.
+	defer w.Stop()
+
+loop:
+	for {
+		select {
+		case <-stopCh:
+			return errorStopRequested
+		case err := <-errc:
+			return err
+		case event, ok := <-w.ResultChan():
+			if !ok {
+				break loop
+			}
+			if event.Type == watch.Error {
+				return apierrors.FromObject(event.Object)
+			}
+			if r.expectedType != nil {
+				if e, a := r.expectedType, reflect.TypeOf(event.Object); e != a {
+					utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: expected type %v, but watch event object had type %v", r.name, e, a))
+					continue
+				}
+			}
+			if r.expectedGVK != nil {
+				if e, a := *r.expectedGVK, event.Object.GetObjectKind().GroupVersionKind(); e != a {
+					utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: expected gvk %v, but watch event object had gvk %v", r.name, e, a))
+					continue
+				}
+			}
+			meta, err := meta.Accessor(event.Object)
+			if err != nil {
+				utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: unable to understand watch event %#v", r.name, event))
+				continue
+			}
+			newResourceVersion := meta.GetResourceVersion()
+			switch event.Type {
+			case watch.Added:
+				err := r.store.Add(event.Object)
+				if err != nil {
+					utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: unable to add watch event object (%#v) to store: %v", r.name, event.Object, err))
+				}
+			case watch.Modified:
+				err := r.store.Update(event.Object)
+				if err != nil {
+					utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: unable to update watch event object (%#v) to store: %v", r.name, event.Object, err))
+				}
+			case watch.Deleted:
+				// TODO: Will any consumers need access to the "last known
+				// state", which is passed in event.Object? If so, may need
+				// to change this.
+				err := r.store.Delete(event.Object)
+				if err != nil {
+					utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: unable to delete watch event object (%#v) from store: %v", r.name, event.Object, err))
+				}
+			case watch.Bookmark:
+				// A `Bookmark` means watch has synced here, just update the resourceVersion
+			default:
+				utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("%s: unable to understand watch event %#v", r.name, event))
+			}
+			*resourceVersion = newResourceVersion
+			r.setLastSyncResourceVersion(newResourceVersion)
+			if rvu, ok := r.store.(ResourceVersionUpdater); ok {
+				rvu.UpdateResourceVersion(newResourceVersion)
+			}
+			eventCount++
+		}
+	}
+
+	watchDuration := r.clock.Since(start)
+	if watchDuration < 1*time.Second && eventCount == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("very short watch: %s: Unexpected watch close - watch lasted less than a second and no items received", r.name)
+	}
+	klog.V(4).Infof("%s: Watch close - %v total %v items received", r.name, r.expectedTypeName, eventCount)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// LastSyncResourceVersion is the resource version observed when last sync with the underlying store
+// The value returned is not synchronized with access to the underlying store and is not thread-safe
+func (r *Reflector) LastSyncResourceVersion() string {
+	r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.RLock()
+	defer r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.RUnlock()
+	return r.lastSyncResourceVersion
+}
+
+func (r *Reflector) setLastSyncResourceVersion(v string) {
+	r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.Lock()
+	defer r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.Unlock()
+	r.lastSyncResourceVersion = v
+}
+
+// relistResourceVersion determines the resource version the reflector should list or relist from.
+// Returns either the lastSyncResourceVersion so that this reflector will relist with a resource
+// versions no older than has already been observed in relist results or watch events, or, if the last relist resulted
+// in an HTTP 410 (Gone) status code, returns "" so that the relist will use the latest resource version available in
+// etcd via a quorum read.
+func (r *Reflector) relistResourceVersion() string {
+	r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.RLock()
+	defer r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.RUnlock()
+
+	if r.isLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable {
+		// Since this reflector makes paginated list requests, and all paginated list requests skip the watch cache
+		// if the lastSyncResourceVersion is unavailable, we set ResourceVersion="" and list again to re-establish reflector
+		// to the latest available ResourceVersion, using a consistent read from etcd.
+		return ""
+	}
+	if r.lastSyncResourceVersion == "" {
+		// For performance reasons, initial list performed by reflector uses "0" as resource version to allow it to
+		// be served from the watch cache if it is enabled.
+		return "0"
+	}
+	return r.lastSyncResourceVersion
+}
+
+// setIsLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable sets if the last list or watch request with lastSyncResourceVersion returned
+// "expired" or "too large resource version" error.
+func (r *Reflector) setIsLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable(isUnavailable bool) {
+	r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.Lock()
+	defer r.lastSyncResourceVersionMutex.Unlock()
+	r.isLastSyncResourceVersionUnavailable = isUnavailable
+}
+
+func isExpiredError(err error) bool {
+	// In Kubernetes 1.17 and earlier, the api server returns both apierrors.StatusReasonExpired and
+	// apierrors.StatusReasonGone for HTTP 410 (Gone) status code responses. In 1.18 the kube server is more consistent
+	// and always returns apierrors.StatusReasonExpired. For backward compatibility we can only remove the apierrors.IsGone
+	// check when we fully drop support for Kubernetes 1.17 servers from reflectors.
+	return apierrors.IsResourceExpired(err) || apierrors.IsGone(err)
+}
+
+func isTooLargeResourceVersionError(err error) bool {
+	if apierrors.HasStatusCause(err, metav1.CauseTypeResourceVersionTooLarge) {
+		return true
+	}
+	// In Kubernetes 1.17.0-1.18.5, the api server doesn't set the error status cause to
+	// metav1.CauseTypeResourceVersionTooLarge to indicate that the requested minimum resource
+	// version is larger than the largest currently available resource version. To ensure backward
+	// compatibility with these server versions we also need to detect the error based on the content
+	// of the error message field.
+	if !apierrors.IsTimeout(err) {
+		return false
+	}
+	apierr, ok := err.(apierrors.APIStatus)
+	if !ok || apierr == nil || apierr.Status().Details == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	for _, cause := range apierr.Status().Details.Causes {
+		// Matches the message returned by api server 1.17.0-1.18.5 for this error condition
+		if cause.Message == "Too large resource version" {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/reflector_metrics.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// This file provides abstractions for setting the provider (e.g., prometheus)
+// of metrics.
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"sync"
+)
+
+// GaugeMetric represents a single numerical value that can arbitrarily go up
+// and down.
+type GaugeMetric interface {
+	Set(float64)
+}
+
+// CounterMetric represents a single numerical value that only ever
+// goes up.
+type CounterMetric interface {
+	Inc()
+}
+
+// SummaryMetric captures individual observations.
+type SummaryMetric interface {
+	Observe(float64)
+}
+
+type noopMetric struct{}
+
+func (noopMetric) Inc()            {}
+func (noopMetric) Dec()            {}
+func (noopMetric) Observe(float64) {}
+func (noopMetric) Set(float64)     {}
+
+// MetricsProvider generates various metrics used by the reflector.
+type MetricsProvider interface {
+	NewListsMetric(name string) CounterMetric
+	NewListDurationMetric(name string) SummaryMetric
+	NewItemsInListMetric(name string) SummaryMetric
+
+	NewWatchesMetric(name string) CounterMetric
+	NewShortWatchesMetric(name string) CounterMetric
+	NewWatchDurationMetric(name string) SummaryMetric
+	NewItemsInWatchMetric(name string) SummaryMetric
+
+	NewLastResourceVersionMetric(name string) GaugeMetric
+}
+
+type noopMetricsProvider struct{}
+
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewListsMetric(name string) CounterMetric         { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewListDurationMetric(name string) SummaryMetric  { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewItemsInListMetric(name string) SummaryMetric   { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewWatchesMetric(name string) CounterMetric       { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewShortWatchesMetric(name string) CounterMetric  { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewWatchDurationMetric(name string) SummaryMetric { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewItemsInWatchMetric(name string) SummaryMetric  { return noopMetric{} }
+func (noopMetricsProvider) NewLastResourceVersionMetric(name string) GaugeMetric {
+	return noopMetric{}
+}
+
+var metricsFactory = struct {
+	metricsProvider MetricsProvider
+	setProviders    sync.Once
+}{
+	metricsProvider: noopMetricsProvider{},
+}
+
+// SetReflectorMetricsProvider sets the metrics provider
+func SetReflectorMetricsProvider(metricsProvider MetricsProvider) {
+	metricsFactory.setProviders.Do(func() {
+		metricsFactory.metricsProvider = metricsProvider
+	})
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/shared_informer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	utilruntime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/wait"
+	"k8s.io/utils/buffer"
+	"k8s.io/utils/clock"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+)
+
+// SharedInformer provides eventually consistent linkage of its
+// clients to the authoritative state of a given collection of
+// objects.  An object is identified by its API group, kind/resource,
+// namespace (if any), and name; the `ObjectMeta.UID` is not part of
+// an object's ID as far as this contract is concerned.  One
+// SharedInformer provides linkage to objects of a particular API
+// group and kind/resource.  The linked object collection of a
+// SharedInformer may be further restricted to one namespace (if
+// applicable) and/or by label selector and/or field selector.
+//
+// The authoritative state of an object is what apiservers provide
+// access to, and an object goes through a strict sequence of states.
+// An object state is either (1) present with a ResourceVersion and
+// other appropriate content or (2) "absent".
+//
+// A SharedInformer maintains a local cache --- exposed by GetStore(),
+// by GetIndexer() in the case of an indexed informer, and possibly by
+// machinery involved in creating and/or accessing the informer --- of
+// the state of each relevant object.  This cache is eventually
+// consistent with the authoritative state.  This means that, unless
+// prevented by persistent communication problems, if ever a
+// particular object ID X is authoritatively associated with a state S
+// then for every SharedInformer I whose collection includes (X, S)
+// eventually either (1) I's cache associates X with S or a later
+// state of X, (2) I is stopped, or (3) the authoritative state
+// service for X terminates.  To be formally complete, we say that the
+// absent state meets any restriction by label selector or field
+// selector.
+//
+// For a given informer and relevant object ID X, the sequence of
+// states that appears in the informer's cache is a subsequence of the
+// states authoritatively associated with X.  That is, some states
+// might never appear in the cache but ordering among the appearing
+// states is correct.  Note, however, that there is no promise about
+// ordering between states seen for different objects.
+//
+// The local cache starts out empty, and gets populated and updated
+// during `Run()`.
+//
+// As a simple example, if a collection of objects is henceforth
+// unchanging, a SharedInformer is created that links to that
+// collection, and that SharedInformer is `Run()` then that
+// SharedInformer's cache eventually holds an exact copy of that
+// collection (unless it is stopped too soon, the authoritative state
+// service ends, or communication problems between the two
+// persistently thwart achievement).
+//
+// As another simple example, if the local cache ever holds a
+// non-absent state for some object ID and the object is eventually
+// removed from the authoritative state then eventually the object is
+// removed from the local cache (unless the SharedInformer is stopped
+// too soon, the authoritative state service ends, or communication
+// problems persistently thwart the desired result).
+//
+// The keys in the Store are of the form namespace/name for namespaced
+// objects, and are simply the name for non-namespaced objects.
+// Clients can use `MetaNamespaceKeyFunc(obj)` to extract the key for
+// a given object, and `SplitMetaNamespaceKey(key)` to split a key
+// into its constituent parts.
+//
+// Every query against the local cache is answered entirely from one
+// snapshot of the cache's state.  Thus, the result of a `List` call
+// will not contain two entries with the same namespace and name.
+//
+// A client is identified here by a ResourceEventHandler.  For every
+// update to the SharedInformer's local cache and for every client
+// added before `Run()`, eventually either the SharedInformer is
+// stopped or the client is notified of the update.  A client added
+// after `Run()` starts gets a startup batch of notifications of
+// additions of the objects existing in the cache at the time that
+// client was added; also, for every update to the SharedInformer's
+// local cache after that client was added, eventually either the
+// SharedInformer is stopped or that client is notified of that
+// update.  Client notifications happen after the corresponding cache
+// update and, in the case of a SharedIndexInformer, after the
+// corresponding index updates.  It is possible that additional cache
+// and index updates happen before such a prescribed notification.
+// For a given SharedInformer and client, the notifications are
+// delivered sequentially.  For a given SharedInformer, client, and
+// object ID, the notifications are delivered in order.  Because
+// `ObjectMeta.UID` has no role in identifying objects, it is possible
+// that when (1) object O1 with ID (e.g. namespace and name) X and
+// `ObjectMeta.UID` U1 in the SharedInformer's local cache is deleted
+// and later (2) another object O2 with ID X and ObjectMeta.UID U2 is
+// created the informer's clients are not notified of (1) and (2) but
+// rather are notified only of an update from O1 to O2. Clients that
+// need to detect such cases might do so by comparing the `ObjectMeta.UID`
+// field of the old and the new object in the code that handles update
+// notifications (i.e. `OnUpdate` method of ResourceEventHandler).
+//
+// A client must process each notification promptly; a SharedInformer
+// is not engineered to deal well with a large backlog of
+// notifications to deliver.  Lengthy processing should be passed off
+// to something else, for example through a
+// `client-go/util/workqueue`.
+//
+// A delete notification exposes the last locally known non-absent
+// state, except that its ResourceVersion is replaced with a
+// ResourceVersion in which the object is actually absent.
+type SharedInformer interface {
+	// AddEventHandler adds an event handler to the shared informer using the shared informer's resync
+	// period.  Events to a single handler are delivered sequentially, but there is no coordination
+	// between different handlers.
+	AddEventHandler(handler ResourceEventHandler)
+	// AddEventHandlerWithResyncPeriod adds an event handler to the
+	// shared informer with the requested resync period; zero means
+	// this handler does not care about resyncs.  The resync operation
+	// consists of delivering to the handler an update notification
+	// for every object in the informer's local cache; it does not add
+	// any interactions with the authoritative storage.  Some
+	// informers do no resyncs at all, not even for handlers added
+	// with a non-zero resyncPeriod.  For an informer that does
+	// resyncs, and for each handler that requests resyncs, that
+	// informer develops a nominal resync period that is no shorter
+	// than the requested period but may be longer.  The actual time
+	// between any two resyncs may be longer than the nominal period
+	// because the implementation takes time to do work and there may
+	// be competing load and scheduling noise.
+	AddEventHandlerWithResyncPeriod(handler ResourceEventHandler, resyncPeriod time.Duration)
+	// GetStore returns the informer's local cache as a Store.
+	GetStore() Store
+	// GetController is deprecated, it does nothing useful
+	GetController() Controller
+	// Run starts and runs the shared informer, returning after it stops.
+	// The informer will be stopped when stopCh is closed.
+	Run(stopCh <-chan struct{})
+	// HasSynced returns true if the shared informer's store has been
+	// informed by at least one full LIST of the authoritative state
+	// of the informer's object collection.  This is unrelated to "resync".
+	HasSynced() bool
+	// LastSyncResourceVersion is the resource version observed when last synced with the underlying
+	// store. The value returned is not synchronized with access to the underlying store and is not
+	// thread-safe.
+	LastSyncResourceVersion() string
+
+	// The WatchErrorHandler is called whenever ListAndWatch drops the
+	// connection with an error. After calling this handler, the informer
+	// will backoff and retry.
+	//
+	// The default implementation looks at the error type and tries to log
+	// the error message at an appropriate level.
+	//
+	// There's only one handler, so if you call this multiple times, last one
+	// wins; calling after the informer has been started returns an error.
+	//
+	// The handler is intended for visibility, not to e.g. pause the consumers.
+	// The handler should return quickly - any expensive processing should be
+	// offloaded.
+	SetWatchErrorHandler(handler WatchErrorHandler) error
+
+	// The TransformFunc is called for each object which is about to be stored.
+	//
+	// This function is intended for you to take the opportunity to
+	// remove, transform, or normalize fields. One use case is to strip unused
+	// metadata fields out of objects to save on RAM cost.
+	//
+	// Must be set before starting the informer.
+	//
+	// Note: Since the object given to the handler may be already shared with
+	//	other goroutines, it is advisable to copy the object being
+	//  transform before mutating it at all and returning the copy to prevent
+	//	data races.
+	SetTransform(handler TransformFunc) error
+}
+
+// SharedIndexInformer provides add and get Indexers ability based on SharedInformer.
+type SharedIndexInformer interface {
+	SharedInformer
+	// AddIndexers add indexers to the informer before it starts.
+	AddIndexers(indexers Indexers) error
+	GetIndexer() Indexer
+}
+
+// NewSharedInformer creates a new instance for the listwatcher.
+func NewSharedInformer(lw ListerWatcher, exampleObject runtime.Object, defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod time.Duration) SharedInformer {
+	return NewSharedIndexInformer(lw, exampleObject, defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod, Indexers{})
+}
+
+// NewSharedIndexInformer creates a new instance for the listwatcher.
+// The created informer will not do resyncs if the given
+// defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod is zero.  Otherwise: for each
+// handler that with a non-zero requested resync period, whether added
+// before or after the informer starts, the nominal resync period is
+// the requested resync period rounded up to a multiple of the
+// informer's resync checking period.  Such an informer's resync
+// checking period is established when the informer starts running,
+// and is the maximum of (a) the minimum of the resync periods
+// requested before the informer starts and the
+// defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod given here and (b) the constant
+// `minimumResyncPeriod` defined in this file.
+func NewSharedIndexInformer(lw ListerWatcher, exampleObject runtime.Object, defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod time.Duration, indexers Indexers) SharedIndexInformer {
+	realClock := &clock.RealClock{}
+	sharedIndexInformer := &sharedIndexInformer{
+		processor:                       &sharedProcessor{clock: realClock},
+		indexer:                         NewIndexer(DeletionHandlingMetaNamespaceKeyFunc, indexers),
+		listerWatcher:                   lw,
+		objectType:                      exampleObject,
+		resyncCheckPeriod:               defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod,
+		defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod: defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod,
+		cacheMutationDetector:           NewCacheMutationDetector(fmt.Sprintf("%T", exampleObject)),
+		clock:                           realClock,
+	}
+	return sharedIndexInformer
+}
+
+// InformerSynced is a function that can be used to determine if an informer has synced.  This is useful for determining if caches have synced.
+type InformerSynced func() bool
+
+const (
+	// syncedPollPeriod controls how often you look at the status of your sync funcs
+	syncedPollPeriod = 100 * time.Millisecond
+
+	// initialBufferSize is the initial number of event notifications that can be buffered.
+	initialBufferSize = 1024
+)
+
+// WaitForNamedCacheSync is a wrapper around WaitForCacheSync that generates log messages
+// indicating that the caller identified by name is waiting for syncs, followed by
+// either a successful or failed sync.
+func WaitForNamedCacheSync(controllerName string, stopCh <-chan struct{}, cacheSyncs ...InformerSynced) bool {
+	klog.Infof("Waiting for caches to sync for %s", controllerName)
+
+	if !WaitForCacheSync(stopCh, cacheSyncs...) {
+		utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("unable to sync caches for %s", controllerName))
+		return false
+	}
+
+	klog.Infof("Caches are synced for %s", controllerName)
+	return true
+}
+
+// WaitForCacheSync waits for caches to populate.  It returns true if it was successful, false
+// if the controller should shutdown
+// callers should prefer WaitForNamedCacheSync()
+func WaitForCacheSync(stopCh <-chan struct{}, cacheSyncs ...InformerSynced) bool {
+	err := wait.PollImmediateUntil(syncedPollPeriod,
+		func() (bool, error) {
+			for _, syncFunc := range cacheSyncs {
+				if !syncFunc() {
+					return false, nil
+				}
+			}
+			return true, nil
+		},
+		stopCh)
+	if err != nil {
+		klog.V(2).Infof("stop requested")
+		return false
+	}
+
+	klog.V(4).Infof("caches populated")
+	return true
+}
+
+// `*sharedIndexInformer` implements SharedIndexInformer and has three
+// main components.  One is an indexed local cache, `indexer Indexer`.
+// The second main component is a Controller that pulls
+// objects/notifications using the ListerWatcher and pushes them into
+// a DeltaFIFO --- whose knownObjects is the informer's local cache
+// --- while concurrently Popping Deltas values from that fifo and
+// processing them with `sharedIndexInformer::HandleDeltas`.  Each
+// invocation of HandleDeltas, which is done with the fifo's lock
+// held, processes each Delta in turn.  For each Delta this both
+// updates the local cache and stuffs the relevant notification into
+// the sharedProcessor.  The third main component is that
+// sharedProcessor, which is responsible for relaying those
+// notifications to each of the informer's clients.
+type sharedIndexInformer struct {
+	indexer    Indexer
+	controller Controller
+
+	processor             *sharedProcessor
+	cacheMutationDetector MutationDetector
+
+	listerWatcher ListerWatcher
+
+	// objectType is an example object of the type this informer is
+	// expected to handle.  Only the type needs to be right, except
+	// that when that is `unstructured.Unstructured` the object's
+	// `"apiVersion"` and `"kind"` must also be right.
+	objectType runtime.Object
+
+	// resyncCheckPeriod is how often we want the reflector's resync timer to fire so it can call
+	// shouldResync to check if any of our listeners need a resync.
+	resyncCheckPeriod time.Duration
+	// defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod is the default resync period for any handlers added via
+	// AddEventHandler (i.e. they don't specify one and just want to use the shared informer's default
+	// value).
+	defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod time.Duration
+	// clock allows for testability
+	clock clock.Clock
+
+	started, stopped bool
+	startedLock      sync.Mutex
+
+	// blockDeltas gives a way to stop all event distribution so that a late event handler
+	// can safely join the shared informer.
+	blockDeltas sync.Mutex
+
+	// Called whenever the ListAndWatch drops the connection with an error.
+	watchErrorHandler WatchErrorHandler
+
+	transform TransformFunc
+}
+
+// dummyController hides the fact that a SharedInformer is different from a dedicated one
+// where a caller can `Run`.  The run method is disconnected in this case, because higher
+// level logic will decide when to start the SharedInformer and related controller.
+// Because returning information back is always asynchronous, the legacy callers shouldn't
+// notice any change in behavior.
+type dummyController struct {
+	informer *sharedIndexInformer
+}
+
+func (v *dummyController) Run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+}
+
+func (v *dummyController) HasSynced() bool {
+	return v.informer.HasSynced()
+}
+
+func (v *dummyController) LastSyncResourceVersion() string {
+	return ""
+}
+
+type updateNotification struct {
+	oldObj interface{}
+	newObj interface{}
+}
+
+type addNotification struct {
+	newObj interface{}
+}
+
+type deleteNotification struct {
+	oldObj interface{}
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) SetWatchErrorHandler(handler WatchErrorHandler) error {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+	if s.started {
+		return fmt.Errorf("informer has already started")
+	}
+
+	s.watchErrorHandler = handler
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) SetTransform(handler TransformFunc) error {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+	if s.started {
+		return fmt.Errorf("informer has already started")
+	}
+
+	s.transform = handler
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) Run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+	defer utilruntime.HandleCrash()
+
+	if s.HasStarted() {
+		klog.Warningf("The sharedIndexInformer has started, run more than once is not allowed")
+		return
+	}
+	fifo := NewDeltaFIFOWithOptions(DeltaFIFOOptions{
+		KnownObjects:          s.indexer,
+		EmitDeltaTypeReplaced: true,
+	})
+
+	cfg := &Config{
+		Queue:            fifo,
+		ListerWatcher:    s.listerWatcher,
+		ObjectType:       s.objectType,
+		FullResyncPeriod: s.resyncCheckPeriod,
+		RetryOnError:     false,
+		ShouldResync:     s.processor.shouldResync,
+
+		Process:           s.HandleDeltas,
+		WatchErrorHandler: s.watchErrorHandler,
+	}
+
+	func() {
+		s.startedLock.Lock()
+		defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+		s.controller = New(cfg)
+		s.controller.(*controller).clock = s.clock
+		s.started = true
+	}()
+
+	// Separate stop channel because Processor should be stopped strictly after controller
+	processorStopCh := make(chan struct{})
+	var wg wait.Group
+	defer wg.Wait()              // Wait for Processor to stop
+	defer close(processorStopCh) // Tell Processor to stop
+	wg.StartWithChannel(processorStopCh, s.cacheMutationDetector.Run)
+	wg.StartWithChannel(processorStopCh, s.processor.run)
+
+	defer func() {
+		s.startedLock.Lock()
+		defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+		s.stopped = true // Don't want any new listeners
+	}()
+	s.controller.Run(stopCh)
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) HasStarted() bool {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+	return s.started
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) HasSynced() bool {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+	if s.controller == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	return s.controller.HasSynced()
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) LastSyncResourceVersion() string {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+	if s.controller == nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return s.controller.LastSyncResourceVersion()
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) GetStore() Store {
+	return s.indexer
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) GetIndexer() Indexer {
+	return s.indexer
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) AddIndexers(indexers Indexers) error {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+	if s.started {
+		return fmt.Errorf("informer has already started")
+	}
+
+	return s.indexer.AddIndexers(indexers)
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) GetController() Controller {
+	return &dummyController{informer: s}
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) AddEventHandler(handler ResourceEventHandler) {
+	s.AddEventHandlerWithResyncPeriod(handler, s.defaultEventHandlerResyncPeriod)
+}
+
+func determineResyncPeriod(desired, check time.Duration) time.Duration {
+	if desired == 0 {
+		return desired
+	}
+	if check == 0 {
+		klog.Warningf("The specified resyncPeriod %v is invalid because this shared informer doesn't support resyncing", desired)
+		return 0
+	}
+	if desired < check {
+		klog.Warningf("The specified resyncPeriod %v is being increased to the minimum resyncCheckPeriod %v", desired, check)
+		return check
+	}
+	return desired
+}
+
+const minimumResyncPeriod = 1 * time.Second
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) AddEventHandlerWithResyncPeriod(handler ResourceEventHandler, resyncPeriod time.Duration) {
+	s.startedLock.Lock()
+	defer s.startedLock.Unlock()
+
+	if s.stopped {
+		klog.V(2).Infof("Handler %v was not added to shared informer because it has stopped already", handler)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if resyncPeriod > 0 {
+		if resyncPeriod < minimumResyncPeriod {
+			klog.Warningf("resyncPeriod %v is too small. Changing it to the minimum allowed value of %v", resyncPeriod, minimumResyncPeriod)
+			resyncPeriod = minimumResyncPeriod
+		}
+
+		if resyncPeriod < s.resyncCheckPeriod {
+			if s.started {
+				klog.Warningf("resyncPeriod %v is smaller than resyncCheckPeriod %v and the informer has already started. Changing it to %v", resyncPeriod, s.resyncCheckPeriod, s.resyncCheckPeriod)
+				resyncPeriod = s.resyncCheckPeriod
+			} else {
+				// if the event handler's resyncPeriod is smaller than the current resyncCheckPeriod, update
+				// resyncCheckPeriod to match resyncPeriod and adjust the resync periods of all the listeners
+				// accordingly
+				s.resyncCheckPeriod = resyncPeriod
+				s.processor.resyncCheckPeriodChanged(resyncPeriod)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	listener := newProcessListener(handler, resyncPeriod, determineResyncPeriod(resyncPeriod, s.resyncCheckPeriod), s.clock.Now(), initialBufferSize)
+
+	if !s.started {
+		s.processor.addListener(listener)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// in order to safely join, we have to
+	// 1. stop sending add/update/delete notifications
+	// 2. do a list against the store
+	// 3. send synthetic "Add" events to the new handler
+	// 4. unblock
+	s.blockDeltas.Lock()
+	defer s.blockDeltas.Unlock()
+
+	s.processor.addListener(listener)
+	for _, item := range s.indexer.List() {
+		listener.add(addNotification{newObj: item})
+	}
+}
+
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) HandleDeltas(obj interface{}) error {
+	s.blockDeltas.Lock()
+	defer s.blockDeltas.Unlock()
+
+	if deltas, ok := obj.(Deltas); ok {
+		return processDeltas(s, s.indexer, s.transform, deltas)
+	}
+	return errors.New("object given as Process argument is not Deltas")
+}
+
+// Conforms to ResourceEventHandler
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) OnAdd(obj interface{}) {
+	// Invocation of this function is locked under s.blockDeltas, so it is
+	// save to distribute the notification
+	s.cacheMutationDetector.AddObject(obj)
+	s.processor.distribute(addNotification{newObj: obj}, false)
+}
+
+// Conforms to ResourceEventHandler
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) OnUpdate(old, new interface{}) {
+	isSync := false
+
+	// If is a Sync event, isSync should be true
+	// If is a Replaced event, isSync is true if resource version is unchanged.
+	// If RV is unchanged: this is a Sync/Replaced event, so isSync is true
+
+	if accessor, err := meta.Accessor(new); err == nil {
+		if oldAccessor, err := meta.Accessor(old); err == nil {
+			// Events that didn't change resourceVersion are treated as resync events
+			// and only propagated to listeners that requested resync
+			isSync = accessor.GetResourceVersion() == oldAccessor.GetResourceVersion()
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Invocation of this function is locked under s.blockDeltas, so it is
+	// save to distribute the notification
+	s.cacheMutationDetector.AddObject(new)
+	s.processor.distribute(updateNotification{oldObj: old, newObj: new}, isSync)
+}
+
+// Conforms to ResourceEventHandler
+func (s *sharedIndexInformer) OnDelete(old interface{}) {
+	// Invocation of this function is locked under s.blockDeltas, so it is
+	// save to distribute the notification
+	s.processor.distribute(deleteNotification{oldObj: old}, false)
+}
+
+// sharedProcessor has a collection of processorListener and can
+// distribute a notification object to its listeners.  There are two
+// kinds of distribute operations.  The sync distributions go to a
+// subset of the listeners that (a) is recomputed in the occasional
+// calls to shouldResync and (b) every listener is initially put in.
+// The non-sync distributions go to every listener.
+type sharedProcessor struct {
+	listenersStarted bool
+	listenersLock    sync.RWMutex
+	listeners        []*processorListener
+	syncingListeners []*processorListener
+	clock            clock.Clock
+	wg               wait.Group
+}
+
+func (p *sharedProcessor) addListener(listener *processorListener) {
+	p.listenersLock.Lock()
+	defer p.listenersLock.Unlock()
+
+	p.addListenerLocked(listener)
+	if p.listenersStarted {
+		p.wg.Start(listener.run)
+		p.wg.Start(listener.pop)
+	}
+}
+
+func (p *sharedProcessor) addListenerLocked(listener *processorListener) {
+	p.listeners = append(p.listeners, listener)
+	p.syncingListeners = append(p.syncingListeners, listener)
+}
+
+func (p *sharedProcessor) distribute(obj interface{}, sync bool) {
+	p.listenersLock.RLock()
+	defer p.listenersLock.RUnlock()
+
+	if sync {
+		for _, listener := range p.syncingListeners {
+			listener.add(obj)
+		}
+	} else {
+		for _, listener := range p.listeners {
+			listener.add(obj)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (p *sharedProcessor) run(stopCh <-chan struct{}) {
+	func() {
+		p.listenersLock.RLock()
+		defer p.listenersLock.RUnlock()
+		for _, listener := range p.listeners {
+			p.wg.Start(listener.run)
+			p.wg.Start(listener.pop)
+		}
+		p.listenersStarted = true
+	}()
+	<-stopCh
+	p.listenersLock.RLock()
+	defer p.listenersLock.RUnlock()
+	for _, listener := range p.listeners {
+		close(listener.addCh) // Tell .pop() to stop. .pop() will tell .run() to stop
+	}
+	p.wg.Wait() // Wait for all .pop() and .run() to stop
+}
+
+// shouldResync queries every listener to determine if any of them need a resync, based on each
+// listener's resyncPeriod.
+func (p *sharedProcessor) shouldResync() bool {
+	p.listenersLock.Lock()
+	defer p.listenersLock.Unlock()
+
+	p.syncingListeners = []*processorListener{}
+
+	resyncNeeded := false
+	now := p.clock.Now()
+	for _, listener := range p.listeners {
+		// need to loop through all the listeners to see if they need to resync so we can prepare any
+		// listeners that are going to be resyncing.
+		if listener.shouldResync(now) {
+			resyncNeeded = true
+			p.syncingListeners = append(p.syncingListeners, listener)
+			listener.determineNextResync(now)
+		}
+	}
+	return resyncNeeded
+}
+
+func (p *sharedProcessor) resyncCheckPeriodChanged(resyncCheckPeriod time.Duration) {
+	p.listenersLock.RLock()
+	defer p.listenersLock.RUnlock()
+
+	for _, listener := range p.listeners {
+		resyncPeriod := determineResyncPeriod(listener.requestedResyncPeriod, resyncCheckPeriod)
+		listener.setResyncPeriod(resyncPeriod)
+	}
+}
+
+// processorListener relays notifications from a sharedProcessor to
+// one ResourceEventHandler --- using two goroutines, two unbuffered
+// channels, and an unbounded ring buffer.  The `add(notification)`
+// function sends the given notification to `addCh`.  One goroutine
+// runs `pop()`, which pumps notifications from `addCh` to `nextCh`
+// using storage in the ring buffer while `nextCh` is not keeping up.
+// Another goroutine runs `run()`, which receives notifications from
+// `nextCh` and synchronously invokes the appropriate handler method.
+//
+// processorListener also keeps track of the adjusted requested resync
+// period of the listener.
+type processorListener struct {
+	nextCh chan interface{}
+	addCh  chan interface{}
+
+	handler ResourceEventHandler
+
+	// pendingNotifications is an unbounded ring buffer that holds all notifications not yet distributed.
+	// There is one per listener, but a failing/stalled listener will have infinite pendingNotifications
+	// added until we OOM.
+	// TODO: This is no worse than before, since reflectors were backed by unbounded DeltaFIFOs, but
+	// we should try to do something better.
+	pendingNotifications buffer.RingGrowing
+
+	// requestedResyncPeriod is how frequently the listener wants a
+	// full resync from the shared informer, but modified by two
+	// adjustments.  One is imposing a lower bound,
+	// `minimumResyncPeriod`.  The other is another lower bound, the
+	// sharedIndexInformer's `resyncCheckPeriod`, that is imposed (a) only
+	// in AddEventHandlerWithResyncPeriod invocations made after the
+	// sharedIndexInformer starts and (b) only if the informer does
+	// resyncs at all.
+	requestedResyncPeriod time.Duration
+	// resyncPeriod is the threshold that will be used in the logic
+	// for this listener.  This value differs from
+	// requestedResyncPeriod only when the sharedIndexInformer does
+	// not do resyncs, in which case the value here is zero.  The
+	// actual time between resyncs depends on when the
+	// sharedProcessor's `shouldResync` function is invoked and when
+	// the sharedIndexInformer processes `Sync` type Delta objects.
+	resyncPeriod time.Duration
+	// nextResync is the earliest time the listener should get a full resync
+	nextResync time.Time
+	// resyncLock guards access to resyncPeriod and nextResync
+	resyncLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func newProcessListener(handler ResourceEventHandler, requestedResyncPeriod, resyncPeriod time.Duration, now time.Time, bufferSize int) *processorListener {
+	ret := &processorListener{
+		nextCh:                make(chan interface{}),
+		addCh:                 make(chan interface{}),
+		handler:               handler,
+		pendingNotifications:  *buffer.NewRingGrowing(bufferSize),
+		requestedResyncPeriod: requestedResyncPeriod,
+		resyncPeriod:          resyncPeriod,
+	}
+
+	ret.determineNextResync(now)
+
+	return ret
+}
+
+func (p *processorListener) add(notification interface{}) {
+	p.addCh <- notification
+}
+
+func (p *processorListener) pop() {
+	defer utilruntime.HandleCrash()
+	defer close(p.nextCh) // Tell .run() to stop
+
+	var nextCh chan<- interface{}
+	var notification interface{}
+	for {
+		select {
+		case nextCh <- notification:
+			// Notification dispatched
+			var ok bool
+			notification, ok = p.pendingNotifications.ReadOne()
+			if !ok { // Nothing to pop
+				nextCh = nil // Disable this select case
+			}
+		case notificationToAdd, ok := <-p.addCh:
+			if !ok {
+				return
+			}
+			if notification == nil { // No notification to pop (and pendingNotifications is empty)
+				// Optimize the case - skip adding to pendingNotifications
+				notification = notificationToAdd
+				nextCh = p.nextCh
+			} else { // There is already a notification waiting to be dispatched
+				p.pendingNotifications.WriteOne(notificationToAdd)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (p *processorListener) run() {
+	// this call blocks until the channel is closed.  When a panic happens during the notification
+	// we will catch it, **the offending item will be skipped!**, and after a short delay (one second)
+	// the next notification will be attempted.  This is usually better than the alternative of never
+	// delivering again.
+	stopCh := make(chan struct{})
+	wait.Until(func() {
+		for next := range p.nextCh {
+			switch notification := next.(type) {
+			case updateNotification:
+				p.handler.OnUpdate(notification.oldObj, notification.newObj)
+			case addNotification:
+				p.handler.OnAdd(notification.newObj)
+			case deleteNotification:
+				p.handler.OnDelete(notification.oldObj)
+			default:
+				utilruntime.HandleError(fmt.Errorf("unrecognized notification: %T", next))
+			}
+		}
+		// the only way to get here is if the p.nextCh is empty and closed
+		close(stopCh)
+	}, 1*time.Second, stopCh)
+}
+
+// shouldResync deterimines if the listener needs a resync. If the listener's resyncPeriod is 0,
+// this always returns false.
+func (p *processorListener) shouldResync(now time.Time) bool {
+	p.resyncLock.Lock()
+	defer p.resyncLock.Unlock()
+
+	if p.resyncPeriod == 0 {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return now.After(p.nextResync) || now.Equal(p.nextResync)
+}
+
+func (p *processorListener) determineNextResync(now time.Time) {
+	p.resyncLock.Lock()
+	defer p.resyncLock.Unlock()
+
+	p.nextResync = now.Add(p.resyncPeriod)
+}
+
+func (p *processorListener) setResyncPeriod(resyncPeriod time.Duration) {
+	p.resyncLock.Lock()
+	defer p.resyncLock.Unlock()
+
+	p.resyncPeriod = resyncPeriod
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/store.go

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+)
+
+// Store is a generic object storage and processing interface.  A
+// Store holds a map from string keys to accumulators, and has
+// operations to add, update, and delete a given object to/from the
+// accumulator currently associated with a given key.  A Store also
+// knows how to extract the key from a given object, so many operations
+// are given only the object.
+//
+// In the simplest Store implementations each accumulator is simply
+// the last given object, or empty after Delete, and thus the Store's
+// behavior is simple storage.
+//
+// Reflector knows how to watch a server and update a Store.  This
+// package provides a variety of implementations of Store.
+type Store interface {
+
+	// Add adds the given object to the accumulator associated with the given object's key
+	Add(obj interface{}) error
+
+	// Update updates the given object in the accumulator associated with the given object's key
+	Update(obj interface{}) error
+
+	// Delete deletes the given object from the accumulator associated with the given object's key
+	Delete(obj interface{}) error
+
+	// List returns a list of all the currently non-empty accumulators
+	List() []interface{}
+
+	// ListKeys returns a list of all the keys currently associated with non-empty accumulators
+	ListKeys() []string
+
+	// Get returns the accumulator associated with the given object's key
+	Get(obj interface{}) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error)
+
+	// GetByKey returns the accumulator associated with the given key
+	GetByKey(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error)
+
+	// Replace will delete the contents of the store, using instead the
+	// given list. Store takes ownership of the list, you should not reference
+	// it after calling this function.
+	Replace([]interface{}, string) error
+
+	// Resync is meaningless in the terms appearing here but has
+	// meaning in some implementations that have non-trivial
+	// additional behavior (e.g., DeltaFIFO).
+	Resync() error
+}
+
+// KeyFunc knows how to make a key from an object. Implementations should be deterministic.
+type KeyFunc func(obj interface{}) (string, error)
+
+// KeyError will be returned any time a KeyFunc gives an error; it includes the object
+// at fault.
+type KeyError struct {
+	Obj interface{}
+	Err error
+}
+
+// Error gives a human-readable description of the error.
+func (k KeyError) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("couldn't create key for object %+v: %v", k.Obj, k.Err)
+}
+
+// Unwrap implements errors.Unwrap
+func (k KeyError) Unwrap() error {
+	return k.Err
+}
+
+// ExplicitKey can be passed to MetaNamespaceKeyFunc if you have the key for
+// the object but not the object itself.
+type ExplicitKey string
+
+// MetaNamespaceKeyFunc is a convenient default KeyFunc which knows how to make
+// keys for API objects which implement meta.Interface.
+// The key uses the format <namespace>/<name> unless <namespace> is empty, then
+// it's just <name>.
+//
+// TODO: replace key-as-string with a key-as-struct so that this
+// packing/unpacking won't be necessary.
+func MetaNamespaceKeyFunc(obj interface{}) (string, error) {
+	if key, ok := obj.(ExplicitKey); ok {
+		return string(key), nil
+	}
+	meta, err := meta.Accessor(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("object has no meta: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(meta.GetNamespace()) > 0 {
+		return meta.GetNamespace() + "/" + meta.GetName(), nil
+	}
+	return meta.GetName(), nil
+}
+
+// SplitMetaNamespaceKey returns the namespace and name that
+// MetaNamespaceKeyFunc encoded into key.
+//
+// TODO: replace key-as-string with a key-as-struct so that this
+// packing/unpacking won't be necessary.
+func SplitMetaNamespaceKey(key string) (namespace, name string, err error) {
+	parts := strings.Split(key, "/")
+	switch len(parts) {
+	case 1:
+		// name only, no namespace
+		return "", parts[0], nil
+	case 2:
+		// namespace and name
+		return parts[0], parts[1], nil
+	}
+
+	return "", "", fmt.Errorf("unexpected key format: %q", key)
+}
+
+// `*cache` implements Indexer in terms of a ThreadSafeStore and an
+// associated KeyFunc.
+type cache struct {
+	// cacheStorage bears the burden of thread safety for the cache
+	cacheStorage ThreadSafeStore
+	// keyFunc is used to make the key for objects stored in and retrieved from items, and
+	// should be deterministic.
+	keyFunc KeyFunc
+}
+
+var _ Store = &cache{}
+
+// Add inserts an item into the cache.
+func (c *cache) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	c.cacheStorage.Add(key, obj)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Update sets an item in the cache to its updated state.
+func (c *cache) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	c.cacheStorage.Update(key, obj)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Delete removes an item from the cache.
+func (c *cache) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	c.cacheStorage.Delete(key)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// List returns a list of all the items.
+// List is completely threadsafe as long as you treat all items as immutable.
+func (c *cache) List() []interface{} {
+	return c.cacheStorage.List()
+}
+
+// ListKeys returns a list of all the keys of the objects currently
+// in the cache.
+func (c *cache) ListKeys() []string {
+	return c.cacheStorage.ListKeys()
+}
+
+// GetIndexers returns the indexers of cache
+func (c *cache) GetIndexers() Indexers {
+	return c.cacheStorage.GetIndexers()
+}
+
+// Index returns a list of items that match on the index function
+// Index is thread-safe so long as you treat all items as immutable
+func (c *cache) Index(indexName string, obj interface{}) ([]interface{}, error) {
+	return c.cacheStorage.Index(indexName, obj)
+}
+
+func (c *cache) IndexKeys(indexName, indexKey string) ([]string, error) {
+	return c.cacheStorage.IndexKeys(indexName, indexKey)
+}
+
+// ListIndexFuncValues returns the list of generated values of an Index func
+func (c *cache) ListIndexFuncValues(indexName string) []string {
+	return c.cacheStorage.ListIndexFuncValues(indexName)
+}
+
+func (c *cache) ByIndex(indexName, indexKey string) ([]interface{}, error) {
+	return c.cacheStorage.ByIndex(indexName, indexKey)
+}
+
+func (c *cache) AddIndexers(newIndexers Indexers) error {
+	return c.cacheStorage.AddIndexers(newIndexers)
+}
+
+// Get returns the requested item, or sets exists=false.
+// Get is completely threadsafe as long as you treat all items as immutable.
+func (c *cache) Get(obj interface{}) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	key, err := c.keyFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false, KeyError{obj, err}
+	}
+	return c.GetByKey(key)
+}
+
+// GetByKey returns the request item, or exists=false.
+// GetByKey is completely threadsafe as long as you treat all items as immutable.
+func (c *cache) GetByKey(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool, err error) {
+	item, exists = c.cacheStorage.Get(key)
+	return item, exists, nil
+}
+
+// Replace will delete the contents of 'c', using instead the given list.
+// 'c' takes ownership of the list, you should not reference the list again
+// after calling this function.
+func (c *cache) Replace(list []interface{}, resourceVersion string) error {
+	items := make(map[string]interface{}, len(list))
+	for _, item := range list {
+		key, err := c.keyFunc(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			return KeyError{item, err}
+		}
+		items[key] = item
+	}
+	c.cacheStorage.Replace(items, resourceVersion)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Resync is meaningless for one of these
+func (c *cache) Resync() error {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NewStore returns a Store implemented simply with a map and a lock.
+func NewStore(keyFunc KeyFunc) Store {
+	return &cache{
+		cacheStorage: NewThreadSafeStore(Indexers{}, Indices{}),
+		keyFunc:      keyFunc,
+	}
+}
+
+// NewIndexer returns an Indexer implemented simply with a map and a lock.
+func NewIndexer(keyFunc KeyFunc, indexers Indexers) Indexer {
+	return &cache{
+		cacheStorage: NewThreadSafeStore(indexers, Indices{}),
+		keyFunc:      keyFunc,
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/thread_safe_store.go

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/sets"
+)
+
+// ThreadSafeStore is an interface that allows concurrent indexed
+// access to a storage backend.  It is like Indexer but does not
+// (necessarily) know how to extract the Store key from a given
+// object.
+//
+// TL;DR caveats: you must not modify anything returned by Get or List as it will break
+// the indexing feature in addition to not being thread safe.
+//
+// The guarantees of thread safety provided by List/Get are only valid if the caller
+// treats returned items as read-only. For example, a pointer inserted in the store
+// through `Add` will be returned as is by `Get`. Multiple clients might invoke `Get`
+// on the same key and modify the pointer in a non-thread-safe way. Also note that
+// modifying objects stored by the indexers (if any) will *not* automatically lead
+// to a re-index. So it's not a good idea to directly modify the objects returned by
+// Get/List, in general.
+type ThreadSafeStore interface {
+	Add(key string, obj interface{})
+	Update(key string, obj interface{})
+	Delete(key string)
+	Get(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool)
+	List() []interface{}
+	ListKeys() []string
+	Replace(map[string]interface{}, string)
+	Index(indexName string, obj interface{}) ([]interface{}, error)
+	IndexKeys(indexName, indexKey string) ([]string, error)
+	ListIndexFuncValues(name string) []string
+	ByIndex(indexName, indexKey string) ([]interface{}, error)
+	GetIndexers() Indexers
+
+	// AddIndexers adds more indexers to this store.  If you call this after you already have data
+	// in the store, the results are undefined.
+	AddIndexers(newIndexers Indexers) error
+	// Resync is a no-op and is deprecated
+	Resync() error
+}
+
+// threadSafeMap implements ThreadSafeStore
+type threadSafeMap struct {
+	lock  sync.RWMutex
+	items map[string]interface{}
+
+	// indexers maps a name to an IndexFunc
+	indexers Indexers
+	// indices maps a name to an Index
+	indices Indices
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Add(key string, obj interface{}) {
+	c.Update(key, obj)
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Update(key string, obj interface{}) {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+	oldObject := c.items[key]
+	c.items[key] = obj
+	c.updateIndices(oldObject, obj, key)
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Delete(key string) {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+	if obj, exists := c.items[key]; exists {
+		c.updateIndices(obj, nil, key)
+		delete(c.items, key)
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Get(key string) (item interface{}, exists bool) {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+	item, exists = c.items[key]
+	return item, exists
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) List() []interface{} {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, len(c.items))
+	for _, item := range c.items {
+		list = append(list, item)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+// ListKeys returns a list of all the keys of the objects currently
+// in the threadSafeMap.
+func (c *threadSafeMap) ListKeys() []string {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+	list := make([]string, 0, len(c.items))
+	for key := range c.items {
+		list = append(list, key)
+	}
+	return list
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Replace(items map[string]interface{}, resourceVersion string) {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+	c.items = items
+
+	// rebuild any index
+	c.indices = Indices{}
+	for key, item := range c.items {
+		c.updateIndices(nil, item, key)
+	}
+}
+
+// Index returns a list of items that match the given object on the index function.
+// Index is thread-safe so long as you treat all items as immutable.
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Index(indexName string, obj interface{}) ([]interface{}, error) {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+
+	indexFunc := c.indexers[indexName]
+	if indexFunc == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Index with name %s does not exist", indexName)
+	}
+
+	indexedValues, err := indexFunc(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	index := c.indices[indexName]
+
+	var storeKeySet sets.String
+	if len(indexedValues) == 1 {
+		// In majority of cases, there is exactly one value matching.
+		// Optimize the most common path - deduping is not needed here.
+		storeKeySet = index[indexedValues[0]]
+	} else {
+		// Need to de-dupe the return list.
+		// Since multiple keys are allowed, this can happen.
+		storeKeySet = sets.String{}
+		for _, indexedValue := range indexedValues {
+			for key := range index[indexedValue] {
+				storeKeySet.Insert(key)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, storeKeySet.Len())
+	for storeKey := range storeKeySet {
+		list = append(list, c.items[storeKey])
+	}
+	return list, nil
+}
+
+// ByIndex returns a list of the items whose indexed values in the given index include the given indexed value
+func (c *threadSafeMap) ByIndex(indexName, indexedValue string) ([]interface{}, error) {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+
+	indexFunc := c.indexers[indexName]
+	if indexFunc == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Index with name %s does not exist", indexName)
+	}
+
+	index := c.indices[indexName]
+
+	set := index[indexedValue]
+	list := make([]interface{}, 0, set.Len())
+	for key := range set {
+		list = append(list, c.items[key])
+	}
+
+	return list, nil
+}
+
+// IndexKeys returns a list of the Store keys of the objects whose indexed values in the given index include the given indexed value.
+// IndexKeys is thread-safe so long as you treat all items as immutable.
+func (c *threadSafeMap) IndexKeys(indexName, indexedValue string) ([]string, error) {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+
+	indexFunc := c.indexers[indexName]
+	if indexFunc == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Index with name %s does not exist", indexName)
+	}
+
+	index := c.indices[indexName]
+
+	set := index[indexedValue]
+	return set.List(), nil
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) ListIndexFuncValues(indexName string) []string {
+	c.lock.RLock()
+	defer c.lock.RUnlock()
+
+	index := c.indices[indexName]
+	names := make([]string, 0, len(index))
+	for key := range index {
+		names = append(names, key)
+	}
+	return names
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) GetIndexers() Indexers {
+	return c.indexers
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) AddIndexers(newIndexers Indexers) error {
+	c.lock.Lock()
+	defer c.lock.Unlock()
+
+	if len(c.items) > 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("cannot add indexers to running index")
+	}
+
+	oldKeys := sets.StringKeySet(c.indexers)
+	newKeys := sets.StringKeySet(newIndexers)
+
+	if oldKeys.HasAny(newKeys.List()...) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("indexer conflict: %v", oldKeys.Intersection(newKeys))
+	}
+
+	for k, v := range newIndexers {
+		c.indexers[k] = v
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// updateIndices modifies the objects location in the managed indexes:
+// - for create you must provide only the newObj
+// - for update you must provide both the oldObj and the newObj
+// - for delete you must provide only the oldObj
+// updateIndices must be called from a function that already has a lock on the cache
+func (c *threadSafeMap) updateIndices(oldObj interface{}, newObj interface{}, key string) {
+	var oldIndexValues, indexValues []string
+	var err error
+	for name, indexFunc := range c.indexers {
+		if oldObj != nil {
+			oldIndexValues, err = indexFunc(oldObj)
+		} else {
+			oldIndexValues = oldIndexValues[:0]
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			panic(fmt.Errorf("unable to calculate an index entry for key %q on index %q: %v", key, name, err))
+		}
+
+		if newObj != nil {
+			indexValues, err = indexFunc(newObj)
+		} else {
+			indexValues = indexValues[:0]
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			panic(fmt.Errorf("unable to calculate an index entry for key %q on index %q: %v", key, name, err))
+		}
+
+		index := c.indices[name]
+		if index == nil {
+			index = Index{}
+			c.indices[name] = index
+		}
+
+		if len(indexValues) == 1 && len(oldIndexValues) == 1 && indexValues[0] == oldIndexValues[0] {
+			// We optimize for the most common case where indexFunc returns a single value which has not been changed
+			continue
+		}
+
+		for _, value := range oldIndexValues {
+			c.deleteKeyFromIndex(key, value, index)
+		}
+		for _, value := range indexValues {
+			c.addKeyToIndex(key, value, index)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) addKeyToIndex(key, indexValue string, index Index) {
+	set := index[indexValue]
+	if set == nil {
+		set = sets.String{}
+		index[indexValue] = set
+	}
+	set.Insert(key)
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) deleteKeyFromIndex(key, indexValue string, index Index) {
+	set := index[indexValue]
+	if set == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	set.Delete(key)
+	// If we don't delete the set when zero, indices with high cardinality
+	// short lived resources can cause memory to increase over time from
+	// unused empty sets. See `kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/84959`.
+	if len(set) == 0 {
+		delete(index, indexValue)
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *threadSafeMap) Resync() error {
+	// Nothing to do
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NewThreadSafeStore creates a new instance of ThreadSafeStore.
+func NewThreadSafeStore(indexers Indexers, indices Indices) ThreadSafeStore {
+	return &threadSafeMap{
+		items:    map[string]interface{}{},
+		indexers: indexers,
+		indices:  indices,
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/cache/undelta_store.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package cache
+
+// UndeltaStore listens to incremental updates and sends complete state on every change.
+// It implements the Store interface so that it can receive a stream of mirrored objects
+// from Reflector.  Whenever it receives any complete (Store.Replace) or incremental change
+// (Store.Add, Store.Update, Store.Delete), it sends the complete state by calling PushFunc.
+// It is thread-safe.  It guarantees that every change (Add, Update, Replace, Delete) results
+// in one call to PushFunc, but sometimes PushFunc may be called twice with the same values.
+// PushFunc should be thread safe.
+type UndeltaStore struct {
+	Store
+	PushFunc func([]interface{})
+}
+
+// Assert that it implements the Store interface.
+var _ Store = &UndeltaStore{}
+
+// Add inserts an object into the store and sends complete state by calling PushFunc.
+// Note about thread safety.  The Store implementation (cache.cache) uses a lock for all methods.
+// In the functions below, the lock gets released and reacquired betweend the {Add,Delete,etc}
+// and the List.  So, the following can happen, resulting in two identical calls to PushFunc.
+// time            thread 1                  thread 2
+// 0               UndeltaStore.Add(a)
+// 1                                         UndeltaStore.Add(b)
+// 2               Store.Add(a)
+// 3                                         Store.Add(b)
+// 4               Store.List() -> [a,b]
+// 5                                         Store.List() -> [a,b]
+func (u *UndeltaStore) Add(obj interface{}) error {
+	if err := u.Store.Add(obj); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	u.PushFunc(u.Store.List())
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Update sets an item in the cache to its updated state and sends complete state by calling PushFunc.
+func (u *UndeltaStore) Update(obj interface{}) error {
+	if err := u.Store.Update(obj); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	u.PushFunc(u.Store.List())
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Delete removes an item from the cache and sends complete state by calling PushFunc.
+func (u *UndeltaStore) Delete(obj interface{}) error {
+	if err := u.Store.Delete(obj); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	u.PushFunc(u.Store.List())
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Replace will delete the contents of current store, using instead the given list.
+// 'u' takes ownership of the list, you should not reference the list again
+// after calling this function.
+// The new contents complete state will be sent by calling PushFunc after replacement.
+func (u *UndeltaStore) Replace(list []interface{}, resourceVersion string) error {
+	if err := u.Store.Replace(list, resourceVersion); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	u.PushFunc(u.Store.List())
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NewUndeltaStore returns an UndeltaStore implemented with a Store.
+func NewUndeltaStore(pushFunc func([]interface{}), keyFunc KeyFunc) *UndeltaStore {
+	return &UndeltaStore{
+		Store:    NewStore(keyFunc),
+		PushFunc: pushFunc,
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// +k8s:deepcopy-gen=package
+
+package api

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/helpers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package api
+
+import (
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"os"
+	"path"
+	"path/filepath"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	sDec, _ := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString("REDACTED+")
+	redactedBytes = []byte(string(sDec))
+	sDec, _ = base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString("DATA+OMITTED")
+	dataOmittedBytes = []byte(string(sDec))
+}
+
+// IsConfigEmpty returns true if the config is empty.
+func IsConfigEmpty(config *Config) bool {
+	return len(config.AuthInfos) == 0 && len(config.Clusters) == 0 && len(config.Contexts) == 0 &&
+		len(config.CurrentContext) == 0 &&
+		len(config.Preferences.Extensions) == 0 && !config.Preferences.Colors &&
+		len(config.Extensions) == 0
+}
+
+// MinifyConfig read the current context and uses that to keep only the relevant pieces of config
+// This is useful for making secrets based on kubeconfig files
+func MinifyConfig(config *Config) error {
+	if len(config.CurrentContext) == 0 {
+		return errors.New("current-context must exist in order to minify")
+	}
+
+	currContext, exists := config.Contexts[config.CurrentContext]
+	if !exists {
+		return fmt.Errorf("cannot locate context %v", config.CurrentContext)
+	}
+
+	newContexts := map[string]*Context{}
+	newContexts[config.CurrentContext] = currContext
+
+	newClusters := map[string]*Cluster{}
+	if len(currContext.Cluster) > 0 {
+		if _, exists := config.Clusters[currContext.Cluster]; !exists {
+			return fmt.Errorf("cannot locate cluster %v", currContext.Cluster)
+		}
+
+		newClusters[currContext.Cluster] = config.Clusters[currContext.Cluster]
+	}
+
+	newAuthInfos := map[string]*AuthInfo{}
+	if len(currContext.AuthInfo) > 0 {
+		if _, exists := config.AuthInfos[currContext.AuthInfo]; !exists {
+			return fmt.Errorf("cannot locate user %v", currContext.AuthInfo)
+		}
+
+		newAuthInfos[currContext.AuthInfo] = config.AuthInfos[currContext.AuthInfo]
+	}
+
+	config.AuthInfos = newAuthInfos
+	config.Clusters = newClusters
+	config.Contexts = newContexts
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+var (
+	redactedBytes    []byte
+	dataOmittedBytes []byte
+)
+
+// Flatten redacts raw data entries from the config object for a human-readable view.
+func ShortenConfig(config *Config) {
+	// trick json encoder into printing a human readable string in the raw data
+	// by base64 decoding what we want to print. Relies on implementation of
+	// http://golang.org/pkg/encoding/json/#Marshal using base64 to encode []byte
+	for key, authInfo := range config.AuthInfos {
+		if len(authInfo.ClientKeyData) > 0 {
+			authInfo.ClientKeyData = redactedBytes
+		}
+		if len(authInfo.ClientCertificateData) > 0 {
+			authInfo.ClientCertificateData = redactedBytes
+		}
+		if len(authInfo.Token) > 0 {
+			authInfo.Token = "REDACTED"
+		}
+		config.AuthInfos[key] = authInfo
+	}
+	for key, cluster := range config.Clusters {
+		if len(cluster.CertificateAuthorityData) > 0 {
+			cluster.CertificateAuthorityData = dataOmittedBytes
+		}
+		config.Clusters[key] = cluster
+	}
+}
+
+// Flatten changes the config object into a self contained config (useful for making secrets)
+func FlattenConfig(config *Config) error {
+	for key, authInfo := range config.AuthInfos {
+		baseDir, err := MakeAbs(path.Dir(authInfo.LocationOfOrigin), "")
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		if err := FlattenContent(&authInfo.ClientCertificate, &authInfo.ClientCertificateData, baseDir); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if err := FlattenContent(&authInfo.ClientKey, &authInfo.ClientKeyData, baseDir); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		config.AuthInfos[key] = authInfo
+	}
+	for key, cluster := range config.Clusters {
+		baseDir, err := MakeAbs(path.Dir(cluster.LocationOfOrigin), "")
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		if err := FlattenContent(&cluster.CertificateAuthority, &cluster.CertificateAuthorityData, baseDir); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		config.Clusters[key] = cluster
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func FlattenContent(path *string, contents *[]byte, baseDir string) error {
+	if len(*path) != 0 {
+		if len(*contents) > 0 {
+			return errors.New("cannot have values for both path and contents")
+		}
+
+		var err error
+		absPath := ResolvePath(*path, baseDir)
+		*contents, err = ioutil.ReadFile(absPath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		*path = ""
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ResolvePath returns the path as an absolute paths, relative to the given base directory
+func ResolvePath(path string, base string) string {
+	// Don't resolve empty paths
+	if len(path) > 0 {
+		// Don't resolve absolute paths
+		if !filepath.IsAbs(path) {
+			return filepath.Join(base, path)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return path
+}
+
+func MakeAbs(path, base string) (string, error) {
+	if filepath.IsAbs(path) {
+		return path, nil
+	}
+	if len(base) == 0 {
+		cwd, err := os.Getwd()
+		if err != nil {
+			return "", err
+		}
+		base = cwd
+	}
+	return filepath.Join(base, path), nil
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/latest/latest.go

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package latest
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/serializer/json"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/serializer/versioning"
+	utilruntime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+	"k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1"
+)
+
+// Version is the string that represents the current external default version.
+const Version = "v1"
+
+var ExternalVersion = schema.GroupVersion{Group: "", Version: "v1"}
+
+// OldestVersion is the string that represents the oldest server version supported,
+// for client code that wants to hardcode the lowest common denominator.
+const OldestVersion = "v1"
+
+// Versions is the list of versions that are recognized in code. The order provided
+// may be assumed to be least feature rich to most feature rich, and clients may
+// choose to prefer the latter items in the list over the former items when presented
+// with a set of versions to choose.
+var Versions = []string{"v1"}
+
+var (
+	Codec  runtime.Codec
+	Scheme *runtime.Scheme
+)
+
+func init() {
+	Scheme = runtime.NewScheme()
+	utilruntime.Must(api.AddToScheme(Scheme))
+	utilruntime.Must(v1.AddToScheme(Scheme))
+	yamlSerializer := json.NewYAMLSerializer(json.DefaultMetaFactory, Scheme, Scheme)
+	Codec = versioning.NewDefaultingCodecForScheme(
+		Scheme,
+		yamlSerializer,
+		yamlSerializer,
+		schema.GroupVersion{Version: Version},
+		runtime.InternalGroupVersioner,
+	)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/register.go

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package api
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema"
+)
+
+// SchemeGroupVersion is group version used to register these objects
+// TODO this should be in the "kubeconfig" group
+var SchemeGroupVersion = schema.GroupVersion{Group: "", Version: runtime.APIVersionInternal}
+
+var (
+	SchemeBuilder = runtime.NewSchemeBuilder(addKnownTypes)
+	AddToScheme   = SchemeBuilder.AddToScheme
+)
+
+func addKnownTypes(scheme *runtime.Scheme) error {
+	scheme.AddKnownTypes(SchemeGroupVersion,
+		&Config{},
+	)
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (obj *Config) GetObjectKind() schema.ObjectKind { return obj }
+func (obj *Config) SetGroupVersionKind(gvk schema.GroupVersionKind) {
+	obj.APIVersion, obj.Kind = gvk.ToAPIVersionAndKind()
+}
+func (obj *Config) GroupVersionKind() schema.GroupVersionKind {
+	return schema.FromAPIVersionAndKind(obj.APIVersion, obj.Kind)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/types.go

@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package api
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+// Where possible, json tags match the cli argument names.
+// Top level config objects and all values required for proper functioning are not "omitempty".  Any truly optional piece of config is allowed to be omitted.
+
+// Config holds the information needed to build connect to remote kubernetes clusters as a given user
+// IMPORTANT if you add fields to this struct, please update IsConfigEmpty()
+// +k8s:deepcopy-gen:interfaces=k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime.Object
+type Config struct {
+	// Legacy field from pkg/api/types.go TypeMeta.
+	// TODO(jlowdermilk): remove this after eliminating downstream dependencies.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	// +optional
+	Kind string `json:"kind,omitempty"`
+	// Legacy field from pkg/api/types.go TypeMeta.
+	// TODO(jlowdermilk): remove this after eliminating downstream dependencies.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	// +optional
+	APIVersion string `json:"apiVersion,omitempty"`
+	// Preferences holds general information to be use for cli interactions
+	Preferences Preferences `json:"preferences"`
+	// Clusters is a map of referencable names to cluster configs
+	Clusters map[string]*Cluster `json:"clusters"`
+	// AuthInfos is a map of referencable names to user configs
+	AuthInfos map[string]*AuthInfo `json:"users"`
+	// Contexts is a map of referencable names to context configs
+	Contexts map[string]*Context `json:"contexts"`
+	// CurrentContext is the name of the context that you would like to use by default
+	CurrentContext string `json:"current-context"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions map[string]runtime.Object `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// IMPORTANT if you add fields to this struct, please update IsConfigEmpty()
+type Preferences struct {
+	// +optional
+	Colors bool `json:"colors,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions map[string]runtime.Object `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Cluster contains information about how to communicate with a kubernetes cluster
+type Cluster struct {
+	// LocationOfOrigin indicates where this object came from.  It is used for round tripping config post-merge, but never serialized.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	LocationOfOrigin string
+	// Server is the address of the kubernetes cluster (https://hostname:port).
+	Server string `json:"server"`
+	// TLSServerName is used to check server certificate. If TLSServerName is empty, the hostname used to contact the server is used.
+	// +optional
+	TLSServerName string `json:"tls-server-name,omitempty"`
+	// InsecureSkipTLSVerify skips the validity check for the server's certificate. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
+	// +optional
+	InsecureSkipTLSVerify bool `json:"insecure-skip-tls-verify,omitempty"`
+	// CertificateAuthority is the path to a cert file for the certificate authority.
+	// +optional
+	CertificateAuthority string `json:"certificate-authority,omitempty"`
+	// CertificateAuthorityData contains PEM-encoded certificate authority certificates. Overrides CertificateAuthority
+	// +optional
+	CertificateAuthorityData []byte `json:"certificate-authority-data,omitempty"`
+	// ProxyURL is the URL to the proxy to be used for all requests made by this
+	// client. URLs with "http", "https", and "socks5" schemes are supported.  If
+	// this configuration is not provided or the empty string, the client
+	// attempts to construct a proxy configuration from http_proxy and
+	// https_proxy environment variables. If these environment variables are not
+	// set, the client does not attempt to proxy requests.
+	//
+	// socks5 proxying does not currently support spdy streaming endpoints (exec,
+	// attach, port forward).
+	// +optional
+	ProxyURL string `json:"proxy-url,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions map[string]runtime.Object `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// AuthInfo contains information that describes identity information.  This is use to tell the kubernetes cluster who you are.
+type AuthInfo struct {
+	// LocationOfOrigin indicates where this object came from.  It is used for round tripping config post-merge, but never serialized.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	LocationOfOrigin string
+	// ClientCertificate is the path to a client cert file for TLS.
+	// +optional
+	ClientCertificate string `json:"client-certificate,omitempty"`
+	// ClientCertificateData contains PEM-encoded data from a client cert file for TLS. Overrides ClientCertificate
+	// +optional
+	ClientCertificateData []byte `json:"client-certificate-data,omitempty"`
+	// ClientKey is the path to a client key file for TLS.
+	// +optional
+	ClientKey string `json:"client-key,omitempty"`
+	// ClientKeyData contains PEM-encoded data from a client key file for TLS. Overrides ClientKey
+	// +optional
+	ClientKeyData []byte `json:"client-key-data,omitempty" datapolicy:"security-key"`
+	// Token is the bearer token for authentication to the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Token string `json:"token,omitempty" datapolicy:"token"`
+	// TokenFile is a pointer to a file that contains a bearer token (as described above).  If both Token and TokenFile are present, Token takes precedence.
+	// +optional
+	TokenFile string `json:"tokenFile,omitempty"`
+	// Impersonate is the username to act-as.
+	// +optional
+	Impersonate string `json:"act-as,omitempty"`
+	// ImpersonateUID is the uid to impersonate.
+	// +optional
+	ImpersonateUID string `json:"act-as-uid,omitempty"`
+	// ImpersonateGroups is the groups to impersonate.
+	// +optional
+	ImpersonateGroups []string `json:"act-as-groups,omitempty"`
+	// ImpersonateUserExtra contains additional information for impersonated user.
+	// +optional
+	ImpersonateUserExtra map[string][]string `json:"act-as-user-extra,omitempty"`
+	// Username is the username for basic authentication to the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Username string `json:"username,omitempty"`
+	// Password is the password for basic authentication to the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Password string `json:"password,omitempty" datapolicy:"password"`
+	// AuthProvider specifies a custom authentication plugin for the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	AuthProvider *AuthProviderConfig `json:"auth-provider,omitempty"`
+	// Exec specifies a custom exec-based authentication plugin for the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Exec *ExecConfig `json:"exec,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions map[string]runtime.Object `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Context is a tuple of references to a cluster (how do I communicate with a kubernetes cluster), a user (how do I identify myself), and a namespace (what subset of resources do I want to work with)
+type Context struct {
+	// LocationOfOrigin indicates where this object came from.  It is used for round tripping config post-merge, but never serialized.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	LocationOfOrigin string
+	// Cluster is the name of the cluster for this context
+	Cluster string `json:"cluster"`
+	// AuthInfo is the name of the authInfo for this context
+	AuthInfo string `json:"user"`
+	// Namespace is the default namespace to use on unspecified requests
+	// +optional
+	Namespace string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions map[string]runtime.Object `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// AuthProviderConfig holds the configuration for a specified auth provider.
+type AuthProviderConfig struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// +optional
+	Config map[string]string `json:"config,omitempty"`
+}
+
+var _ fmt.Stringer = new(AuthProviderConfig)
+var _ fmt.GoStringer = new(AuthProviderConfig)
+
+// GoString implements fmt.GoStringer and sanitizes sensitive fields of
+// AuthProviderConfig to prevent accidental leaking via logs.
+func (c AuthProviderConfig) GoString() string {
+	return c.String()
+}
+
+// String implements fmt.Stringer and sanitizes sensitive fields of
+// AuthProviderConfig to prevent accidental leaking via logs.
+func (c AuthProviderConfig) String() string {
+	cfg := "<nil>"
+	if c.Config != nil {
+		cfg = "--- REDACTED ---"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("api.AuthProviderConfig{Name: %q, Config: map[string]string{%s}}", c.Name, cfg)
+}
+
+// ExecConfig specifies a command to provide client credentials. The command is exec'd
+// and outputs structured stdout holding credentials.
+//
+// See the client.authentication.k8s.io API group for specifications of the exact input
+// and output format
+type ExecConfig struct {
+	// Command to execute.
+	Command string `json:"command"`
+	// Arguments to pass to the command when executing it.
+	// +optional
+	Args []string `json:"args"`
+	// Env defines additional environment variables to expose to the process. These
+	// are unioned with the host's environment, as well as variables client-go uses
+	// to pass argument to the plugin.
+	// +optional
+	Env []ExecEnvVar `json:"env"`
+
+	// Preferred input version of the ExecInfo. The returned ExecCredentials MUST use
+	// the same encoding version as the input.
+	APIVersion string `json:"apiVersion,omitempty"`
+
+	// This text is shown to the user when the executable doesn't seem to be
+	// present. For example, `brew install foo-cli` might be a good InstallHint for
+	// foo-cli on Mac OS systems.
+	InstallHint string `json:"installHint,omitempty"`
+
+	// ProvideClusterInfo determines whether or not to provide cluster information,
+	// which could potentially contain very large CA data, to this exec plugin as a
+	// part of the KUBERNETES_EXEC_INFO environment variable. By default, it is set
+	// to false. Package k8s.io/client-go/tools/auth/exec provides helper methods for
+	// reading this environment variable.
+	ProvideClusterInfo bool `json:"provideClusterInfo"`
+
+	// Config holds additional config data that is specific to the exec
+	// plugin with regards to the cluster being authenticated to.
+	//
+	// This data is sourced from the clientcmd Cluster object's extensions[exec] field:
+	//
+	// clusters:
+	// - name: my-cluster
+	//   cluster:
+	//     ...
+	//     extensions:
+	//     - name: client.authentication.k8s.io/exec  # reserved extension name for per cluster exec config
+	//       extension:
+	//         audience: 06e3fbd18de8  # arbitrary config
+	//
+	// In some environments, the user config may be exactly the same across many clusters
+	// (i.e. call this exec plugin) minus some details that are specific to each cluster
+	// such as the audience.  This field allows the per cluster config to be directly
+	// specified with the cluster info.  Using this field to store secret data is not
+	// recommended as one of the prime benefits of exec plugins is that no secrets need
+	// to be stored directly in the kubeconfig.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	Config runtime.Object
+
+	// InteractiveMode determines this plugin's relationship with standard input. Valid
+	// values are "Never" (this exec plugin never uses standard input), "IfAvailable" (this
+	// exec plugin wants to use standard input if it is available), or "Always" (this exec
+	// plugin requires standard input to function). See ExecInteractiveMode values for more
+	// details.
+	//
+	// If APIVersion is client.authentication.k8s.io/v1alpha1 or
+	// client.authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1, then this field is optional and defaults
+	// to "IfAvailable" when unset. Otherwise, this field is required.
+	// +optional
+	InteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode
+
+	// StdinUnavailable indicates whether the exec authenticator can pass standard
+	// input through to this exec plugin. For example, a higher level entity might be using
+	// standard input for something else and therefore it would not be safe for the exec
+	// plugin to use standard input. This is kept here in order to keep all of the exec configuration
+	// together, but it is never serialized.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	StdinUnavailable bool
+
+	// StdinUnavailableMessage is an optional message to be displayed when the exec authenticator
+	// cannot successfully run this exec plugin because it needs to use standard input and
+	// StdinUnavailable is true. For example, a process that is already using standard input to
+	// read user instructions might set this to "used by my-program to read user instructions".
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	StdinUnavailableMessage string
+}
+
+var _ fmt.Stringer = new(ExecConfig)
+var _ fmt.GoStringer = new(ExecConfig)
+
+// GoString implements fmt.GoStringer and sanitizes sensitive fields of
+// ExecConfig to prevent accidental leaking via logs.
+func (c ExecConfig) GoString() string {
+	return c.String()
+}
+
+// String implements fmt.Stringer and sanitizes sensitive fields of ExecConfig
+// to prevent accidental leaking via logs.
+func (c ExecConfig) String() string {
+	var args []string
+	if len(c.Args) > 0 {
+		args = []string{"--- REDACTED ---"}
+	}
+	env := "[]ExecEnvVar(nil)"
+	if len(c.Env) > 0 {
+		env = "[]ExecEnvVar{--- REDACTED ---}"
+	}
+	config := "runtime.Object(nil)"
+	if c.Config != nil {
+		config = "runtime.Object(--- REDACTED ---)"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("api.ExecConfig{Command: %q, Args: %#v, Env: %s, APIVersion: %q, ProvideClusterInfo: %t, Config: %s, StdinUnavailable: %t}", c.Command, args, env, c.APIVersion, c.ProvideClusterInfo, config, c.StdinUnavailable)
+}
+
+// ExecEnvVar is used for setting environment variables when executing an exec-based
+// credential plugin.
+type ExecEnvVar struct {
+	Name  string `json:"name"`
+	Value string `json:"value"`
+}
+
+// ExecInteractiveMode is a string that describes an exec plugin's relationship with standard input.
+type ExecInteractiveMode string
+
+const (
+	// NeverExecInteractiveMode declares that this exec plugin never needs to use standard
+	// input, and therefore the exec plugin will be run regardless of whether standard input is
+	// available for user input.
+	NeverExecInteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode = "Never"
+	// IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode declares that this exec plugin would like to use standard input
+	// if it is available, but can still operate if standard input is not available. Therefore, the
+	// exec plugin will be run regardless of whether stdin is available for user input. If standard
+	// input is available for user input, then it will be provided to this exec plugin.
+	IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode = "IfAvailable"
+	// AlwaysExecInteractiveMode declares that this exec plugin requires standard input in order to
+	// run, and therefore the exec plugin will only be run if standard input is available for user
+	// input. If standard input is not available for user input, then the exec plugin will not be run
+	// and an error will be returned by the exec plugin runner.
+	AlwaysExecInteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode = "Always"
+)
+
+// NewConfig is a convenience function that returns a new Config object with non-nil maps
+func NewConfig() *Config {
+	return &Config{
+		Preferences: *NewPreferences(),
+		Clusters:    make(map[string]*Cluster),
+		AuthInfos:   make(map[string]*AuthInfo),
+		Contexts:    make(map[string]*Context),
+		Extensions:  make(map[string]runtime.Object),
+	}
+}
+
+// NewContext is a convenience function that returns a new Context
+// object with non-nil maps
+func NewContext() *Context {
+	return &Context{Extensions: make(map[string]runtime.Object)}
+}
+
+// NewCluster is a convenience function that returns a new Cluster
+// object with non-nil maps
+func NewCluster() *Cluster {
+	return &Cluster{Extensions: make(map[string]runtime.Object)}
+}
+
+// NewAuthInfo is a convenience function that returns a new AuthInfo
+// object with non-nil maps
+func NewAuthInfo() *AuthInfo {
+	return &AuthInfo{
+		Extensions:           make(map[string]runtime.Object),
+		ImpersonateUserExtra: make(map[string][]string),
+	}
+}
+
+// NewPreferences is a convenience function that returns a new
+// Preferences object with non-nil maps
+func NewPreferences() *Preferences {
+	return &Preferences{Extensions: make(map[string]runtime.Object)}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/conversion.go

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"sort"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/conversion"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+)
+
+func Convert_Slice_v1_NamedCluster_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Cluster(in *[]NamedCluster, out *map[string]*api.Cluster, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	for _, curr := range *in {
+		newCluster := api.NewCluster()
+		if err := Convert_v1_Cluster_To_api_Cluster(&curr.Cluster, newCluster, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if *out == nil {
+			*out = make(map[string]*api.Cluster)
+		}
+		if (*out)[curr.Name] == nil {
+			(*out)[curr.Name] = newCluster
+		} else {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error converting *[]NamedCluster into *map[string]*api.Cluster: duplicate name \"%v\" in list: %v", curr.Name, *in)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Cluster_To_Slice_v1_NamedCluster(in *map[string]*api.Cluster, out *[]NamedCluster, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	allKeys := make([]string, 0, len(*in))
+	for key := range *in {
+		allKeys = append(allKeys, key)
+	}
+	sort.Strings(allKeys)
+
+	for _, key := range allKeys {
+		newCluster := (*in)[key]
+		oldCluster := Cluster{}
+		if err := Convert_api_Cluster_To_v1_Cluster(newCluster, &oldCluster, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		namedCluster := NamedCluster{key, oldCluster}
+		*out = append(*out, namedCluster)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Slice_v1_NamedAuthInfo_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_AuthInfo(in *[]NamedAuthInfo, out *map[string]*api.AuthInfo, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	for _, curr := range *in {
+		newAuthInfo := api.NewAuthInfo()
+		if err := Convert_v1_AuthInfo_To_api_AuthInfo(&curr.AuthInfo, newAuthInfo, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if *out == nil {
+			*out = make(map[string]*api.AuthInfo)
+		}
+		if (*out)[curr.Name] == nil {
+			(*out)[curr.Name] = newAuthInfo
+		} else {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error converting *[]NamedAuthInfo into *map[string]*api.AuthInfo: duplicate name \"%v\" in list: %v", curr.Name, *in)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_AuthInfo_To_Slice_v1_NamedAuthInfo(in *map[string]*api.AuthInfo, out *[]NamedAuthInfo, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	allKeys := make([]string, 0, len(*in))
+	for key := range *in {
+		allKeys = append(allKeys, key)
+	}
+	sort.Strings(allKeys)
+
+	for _, key := range allKeys {
+		newAuthInfo := (*in)[key]
+		oldAuthInfo := AuthInfo{}
+		if err := Convert_api_AuthInfo_To_v1_AuthInfo(newAuthInfo, &oldAuthInfo, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		namedAuthInfo := NamedAuthInfo{key, oldAuthInfo}
+		*out = append(*out, namedAuthInfo)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Slice_v1_NamedContext_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Context(in *[]NamedContext, out *map[string]*api.Context, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	for _, curr := range *in {
+		newContext := api.NewContext()
+		if err := Convert_v1_Context_To_api_Context(&curr.Context, newContext, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if *out == nil {
+			*out = make(map[string]*api.Context)
+		}
+		if (*out)[curr.Name] == nil {
+			(*out)[curr.Name] = newContext
+		} else {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error converting *[]NamedContext into *map[string]*api.Context: duplicate name \"%v\" in list: %v", curr.Name, *in)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Context_To_Slice_v1_NamedContext(in *map[string]*api.Context, out *[]NamedContext, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	allKeys := make([]string, 0, len(*in))
+	for key := range *in {
+		allKeys = append(allKeys, key)
+	}
+	sort.Strings(allKeys)
+
+	for _, key := range allKeys {
+		newContext := (*in)[key]
+		oldContext := Context{}
+		if err := Convert_api_Context_To_v1_Context(newContext, &oldContext, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		namedContext := NamedContext{key, oldContext}
+		*out = append(*out, namedContext)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(in *[]NamedExtension, out *map[string]runtime.Object, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	for _, curr := range *in {
+		var newExtension runtime.Object
+		if err := runtime.Convert_runtime_RawExtension_To_runtime_Object(&curr.Extension, &newExtension, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if *out == nil {
+			*out = make(map[string]runtime.Object)
+		}
+		if (*out)[curr.Name] == nil {
+			(*out)[curr.Name] = newExtension
+		} else {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error converting *[]NamedExtension into *map[string]runtime.Object: duplicate name \"%v\" in list: %v", curr.Name, *in)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(in *map[string]runtime.Object, out *[]NamedExtension, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	allKeys := make([]string, 0, len(*in))
+	for key := range *in {
+		allKeys = append(allKeys, key)
+	}
+	sort.Strings(allKeys)
+
+	for _, key := range allKeys {
+		newExtension := (*in)[key]
+		oldExtension := runtime.RawExtension{}
+		if err := runtime.Convert_runtime_Object_To_runtime_RawExtension(&newExtension, &oldExtension, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		namedExtension := NamedExtension{key, oldExtension}
+		*out = append(*out, namedExtension)
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/defaults.go

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2021 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+func addDefaultingFuncs(scheme *runtime.Scheme) error {
+	return RegisterDefaults(scheme)
+}
+
+func SetDefaults_ExecConfig(exec *ExecConfig) {
+	if len(exec.InteractiveMode) == 0 {
+		switch exec.APIVersion {
+		case "client.authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1", "client.authentication.k8s.io/v1alpha1":
+			// default to IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode for backwards compatibility
+			exec.InteractiveMode = IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode
+		default:
+			// require other versions to explicitly declare whether they want stdin or not
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// +k8s:conversion-gen=k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api
+// +k8s:deepcopy-gen=package
+// +k8s:defaulter-gen=Kind
+
+package v1

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/register.go

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema"
+)
+
+// SchemeGroupVersion is group version used to register these objects
+// TODO this should be in the "kubeconfig" group
+var SchemeGroupVersion = schema.GroupVersion{Group: "", Version: "v1"}
+
+var (
+	// TODO: move SchemeBuilder with zz_generated.deepcopy.go to k8s.io/api.
+	// localSchemeBuilder and AddToScheme will stay in k8s.io/kubernetes.
+	SchemeBuilder      runtime.SchemeBuilder
+	localSchemeBuilder = &SchemeBuilder
+	AddToScheme        = localSchemeBuilder.AddToScheme
+)
+
+func init() {
+	// We only register manually written functions here. The registration of the
+	// generated functions takes place in the generated files. The separation
+	// makes the code compile even when the generated files are missing.
+	localSchemeBuilder.Register(addKnownTypes, addDefaultingFuncs)
+}
+
+func addKnownTypes(scheme *runtime.Scheme) error {
+	scheme.AddKnownTypes(SchemeGroupVersion,
+		&Config{},
+	)
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (obj *Config) GetObjectKind() schema.ObjectKind { return obj }
+func (obj *Config) SetGroupVersionKind(gvk schema.GroupVersionKind) {
+	obj.APIVersion, obj.Kind = gvk.ToAPIVersionAndKind()
+}
+func (obj *Config) GroupVersionKind() schema.GroupVersionKind {
+	return schema.FromAPIVersionAndKind(obj.APIVersion, obj.Kind)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/types.go

@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+// Where possible, json tags match the cli argument names.
+// Top level config objects and all values required for proper functioning are not "omitempty".  Any truly optional piece of config is allowed to be omitted.
+
+// Config holds the information needed to build connect to remote kubernetes clusters as a given user
+// +k8s:deepcopy-gen:interfaces=k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime.Object
+type Config struct {
+	// Legacy field from pkg/api/types.go TypeMeta.
+	// TODO(jlowdermilk): remove this after eliminating downstream dependencies.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	// +optional
+	Kind string `json:"kind,omitempty"`
+	// Legacy field from pkg/api/types.go TypeMeta.
+	// TODO(jlowdermilk): remove this after eliminating downstream dependencies.
+	// +k8s:conversion-gen=false
+	// +optional
+	APIVersion string `json:"apiVersion,omitempty"`
+	// Preferences holds general information to be use for cli interactions
+	Preferences Preferences `json:"preferences"`
+	// Clusters is a map of referencable names to cluster configs
+	Clusters []NamedCluster `json:"clusters"`
+	// AuthInfos is a map of referencable names to user configs
+	AuthInfos []NamedAuthInfo `json:"users"`
+	// Contexts is a map of referencable names to context configs
+	Contexts []NamedContext `json:"contexts"`
+	// CurrentContext is the name of the context that you would like to use by default
+	CurrentContext string `json:"current-context"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions []NamedExtension `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type Preferences struct {
+	// +optional
+	Colors bool `json:"colors,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions []NamedExtension `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Cluster contains information about how to communicate with a kubernetes cluster
+type Cluster struct {
+	// Server is the address of the kubernetes cluster (https://hostname:port).
+	Server string `json:"server"`
+	// TLSServerName is used to check server certificate. If TLSServerName is empty, the hostname used to contact the server is used.
+	// +optional
+	TLSServerName string `json:"tls-server-name,omitempty"`
+	// InsecureSkipTLSVerify skips the validity check for the server's certificate. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
+	// +optional
+	InsecureSkipTLSVerify bool `json:"insecure-skip-tls-verify,omitempty"`
+	// CertificateAuthority is the path to a cert file for the certificate authority.
+	// +optional
+	CertificateAuthority string `json:"certificate-authority,omitempty"`
+	// CertificateAuthorityData contains PEM-encoded certificate authority certificates. Overrides CertificateAuthority
+	// +optional
+	CertificateAuthorityData []byte `json:"certificate-authority-data,omitempty"`
+	// ProxyURL is the URL to the proxy to be used for all requests made by this
+	// client. URLs with "http", "https", and "socks5" schemes are supported.  If
+	// this configuration is not provided or the empty string, the client
+	// attempts to construct a proxy configuration from http_proxy and
+	// https_proxy environment variables. If these environment variables are not
+	// set, the client does not attempt to proxy requests.
+	//
+	// socks5 proxying does not currently support spdy streaming endpoints (exec,
+	// attach, port forward).
+	// +optional
+	ProxyURL string `json:"proxy-url,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions []NamedExtension `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// AuthInfo contains information that describes identity information.  This is use to tell the kubernetes cluster who you are.
+type AuthInfo struct {
+	// ClientCertificate is the path to a client cert file for TLS.
+	// +optional
+	ClientCertificate string `json:"client-certificate,omitempty"`
+	// ClientCertificateData contains PEM-encoded data from a client cert file for TLS. Overrides ClientCertificate
+	// +optional
+	ClientCertificateData []byte `json:"client-certificate-data,omitempty"`
+	// ClientKey is the path to a client key file for TLS.
+	// +optional
+	ClientKey string `json:"client-key,omitempty"`
+	// ClientKeyData contains PEM-encoded data from a client key file for TLS. Overrides ClientKey
+	// +optional
+	ClientKeyData []byte `json:"client-key-data,omitempty" datapolicy:"security-key"`
+	// Token is the bearer token for authentication to the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Token string `json:"token,omitempty" datapolicy:"token"`
+	// TokenFile is a pointer to a file that contains a bearer token (as described above).  If both Token and TokenFile are present, Token takes precedence.
+	// +optional
+	TokenFile string `json:"tokenFile,omitempty"`
+	// Impersonate is the username to impersonate.  The name matches the flag.
+	// +optional
+	Impersonate string `json:"as,omitempty"`
+	// ImpersonateUID is the uid to impersonate.
+	// +optional
+	ImpersonateUID string `json:"as-uid,omitempty"`
+	// ImpersonateGroups is the groups to impersonate.
+	// +optional
+	ImpersonateGroups []string `json:"as-groups,omitempty"`
+	// ImpersonateUserExtra contains additional information for impersonated user.
+	// +optional
+	ImpersonateUserExtra map[string][]string `json:"as-user-extra,omitempty"`
+	// Username is the username for basic authentication to the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Username string `json:"username,omitempty"`
+	// Password is the password for basic authentication to the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Password string `json:"password,omitempty" datapolicy:"password"`
+	// AuthProvider specifies a custom authentication plugin for the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	AuthProvider *AuthProviderConfig `json:"auth-provider,omitempty"`
+	// Exec specifies a custom exec-based authentication plugin for the kubernetes cluster.
+	// +optional
+	Exec *ExecConfig `json:"exec,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions []NamedExtension `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Context is a tuple of references to a cluster (how do I communicate with a kubernetes cluster), a user (how do I identify myself), and a namespace (what subset of resources do I want to work with)
+type Context struct {
+	// Cluster is the name of the cluster for this context
+	Cluster string `json:"cluster"`
+	// AuthInfo is the name of the authInfo for this context
+	AuthInfo string `json:"user"`
+	// Namespace is the default namespace to use on unspecified requests
+	// +optional
+	Namespace string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
+	// Extensions holds additional information. This is useful for extenders so that reads and writes don't clobber unknown fields
+	// +optional
+	Extensions []NamedExtension `json:"extensions,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// NamedCluster relates nicknames to cluster information
+type NamedCluster struct {
+	// Name is the nickname for this Cluster
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Cluster holds the cluster information
+	Cluster Cluster `json:"cluster"`
+}
+
+// NamedContext relates nicknames to context information
+type NamedContext struct {
+	// Name is the nickname for this Context
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Context holds the context information
+	Context Context `json:"context"`
+}
+
+// NamedAuthInfo relates nicknames to auth information
+type NamedAuthInfo struct {
+	// Name is the nickname for this AuthInfo
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// AuthInfo holds the auth information
+	AuthInfo AuthInfo `json:"user"`
+}
+
+// NamedExtension relates nicknames to extension information
+type NamedExtension struct {
+	// Name is the nickname for this Extension
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Extension holds the extension information
+	Extension runtime.RawExtension `json:"extension"`
+}
+
+// AuthProviderConfig holds the configuration for a specified auth provider.
+type AuthProviderConfig struct {
+	Name   string            `json:"name"`
+	Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
+}
+
+// ExecConfig specifies a command to provide client credentials. The command is exec'd
+// and outputs structured stdout holding credentials.
+//
+// See the client.authentication.k8s.io API group for specifications of the exact input
+// and output format
+type ExecConfig struct {
+	// Command to execute.
+	Command string `json:"command"`
+	// Arguments to pass to the command when executing it.
+	// +optional
+	Args []string `json:"args"`
+	// Env defines additional environment variables to expose to the process. These
+	// are unioned with the host's environment, as well as variables client-go uses
+	// to pass argument to the plugin.
+	// +optional
+	Env []ExecEnvVar `json:"env"`
+
+	// Preferred input version of the ExecInfo. The returned ExecCredentials MUST use
+	// the same encoding version as the input.
+	APIVersion string `json:"apiVersion,omitempty"`
+
+	// This text is shown to the user when the executable doesn't seem to be
+	// present. For example, `brew install foo-cli` might be a good InstallHint for
+	// foo-cli on Mac OS systems.
+	InstallHint string `json:"installHint,omitempty"`
+
+	// ProvideClusterInfo determines whether or not to provide cluster information,
+	// which could potentially contain very large CA data, to this exec plugin as a
+	// part of the KUBERNETES_EXEC_INFO environment variable. By default, it is set
+	// to false. Package k8s.io/client-go/tools/auth/exec provides helper methods for
+	// reading this environment variable.
+	ProvideClusterInfo bool `json:"provideClusterInfo"`
+
+	// InteractiveMode determines this plugin's relationship with standard input. Valid
+	// values are "Never" (this exec plugin never uses standard input), "IfAvailable" (this
+	// exec plugin wants to use standard input if it is available), or "Always" (this exec
+	// plugin requires standard input to function). See ExecInteractiveMode values for more
+	// details.
+	//
+	// If APIVersion is client.authentication.k8s.io/v1alpha1 or
+	// client.authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1, then this field is optional and defaults
+	// to "IfAvailable" when unset. Otherwise, this field is required.
+	//+optional
+	InteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode `json:"interactiveMode,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ExecEnvVar is used for setting environment variables when executing an exec-based
+// credential plugin.
+type ExecEnvVar struct {
+	Name  string `json:"name"`
+	Value string `json:"value"`
+}
+
+// ExecInteractiveMode is a string that describes an exec plugin's relationship with standard input.
+type ExecInteractiveMode string
+
+const (
+	// NeverExecInteractiveMode declares that this exec plugin never needs to use standard
+	// input, and therefore the exec plugin will be run regardless of whether standard input is
+	// available for user input.
+	NeverExecInteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode = "Never"
+	// IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode declares that this exec plugin would like to use standard input
+	// if it is available, but can still operate if standard input is not available. Therefore, the
+	// exec plugin will be run regardless of whether stdin is available for user input. If standard
+	// input is available for user input, then it will be provided to this exec plugin.
+	IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode = "IfAvailable"
+	// AlwaysExecInteractiveMode declares that this exec plugin requires standard input in order to
+	// run, and therefore the exec plugin will only be run if standard input is available for user
+	// input. If standard input is not available for user input, then the exec plugin will not be run
+	// and an error will be returned by the exec plugin runner.
+	AlwaysExecInteractiveMode ExecInteractiveMode = "Always"
+)

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/zz_generated.conversion.go

@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+//go:build !ignore_autogenerated
+// +build !ignore_autogenerated
+
+/*
+Copyright The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// Code generated by conversion-gen. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	unsafe "unsafe"
+
+	conversion "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/conversion"
+	runtime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	api "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	localSchemeBuilder.Register(RegisterConversions)
+}
+
+// RegisterConversions adds conversion functions to the given scheme.
+// Public to allow building arbitrary schemes.
+func RegisterConversions(s *runtime.Scheme) error {
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*AuthInfo)(nil), (*api.AuthInfo)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_AuthInfo_To_api_AuthInfo(a.(*AuthInfo), b.(*api.AuthInfo), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.AuthInfo)(nil), (*AuthInfo)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_AuthInfo_To_v1_AuthInfo(a.(*api.AuthInfo), b.(*AuthInfo), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*AuthProviderConfig)(nil), (*api.AuthProviderConfig)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_AuthProviderConfig_To_api_AuthProviderConfig(a.(*AuthProviderConfig), b.(*api.AuthProviderConfig), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.AuthProviderConfig)(nil), (*AuthProviderConfig)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_AuthProviderConfig_To_v1_AuthProviderConfig(a.(*api.AuthProviderConfig), b.(*AuthProviderConfig), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*Cluster)(nil), (*api.Cluster)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_Cluster_To_api_Cluster(a.(*Cluster), b.(*api.Cluster), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.Cluster)(nil), (*Cluster)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_Cluster_To_v1_Cluster(a.(*api.Cluster), b.(*Cluster), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*Config)(nil), (*api.Config)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_Config_To_api_Config(a.(*Config), b.(*api.Config), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.Config)(nil), (*Config)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_Config_To_v1_Config(a.(*api.Config), b.(*Config), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*Context)(nil), (*api.Context)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_Context_To_api_Context(a.(*Context), b.(*api.Context), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.Context)(nil), (*Context)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_Context_To_v1_Context(a.(*api.Context), b.(*Context), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*ExecConfig)(nil), (*api.ExecConfig)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_ExecConfig_To_api_ExecConfig(a.(*ExecConfig), b.(*api.ExecConfig), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.ExecConfig)(nil), (*ExecConfig)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_ExecConfig_To_v1_ExecConfig(a.(*api.ExecConfig), b.(*ExecConfig), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*ExecEnvVar)(nil), (*api.ExecEnvVar)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_ExecEnvVar_To_api_ExecEnvVar(a.(*ExecEnvVar), b.(*api.ExecEnvVar), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.ExecEnvVar)(nil), (*ExecEnvVar)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_ExecEnvVar_To_v1_ExecEnvVar(a.(*api.ExecEnvVar), b.(*ExecEnvVar), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*Preferences)(nil), (*api.Preferences)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_v1_Preferences_To_api_Preferences(a.(*Preferences), b.(*api.Preferences), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddGeneratedConversionFunc((*api.Preferences)(nil), (*Preferences)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_api_Preferences_To_v1_Preferences(a.(*api.Preferences), b.(*Preferences), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*map[string]*api.AuthInfo)(nil), (*[]NamedAuthInfo)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_AuthInfo_To_Slice_v1_NamedAuthInfo(a.(*map[string]*api.AuthInfo), b.(*[]NamedAuthInfo), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*map[string]*api.Cluster)(nil), (*[]NamedCluster)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Cluster_To_Slice_v1_NamedCluster(a.(*map[string]*api.Cluster), b.(*[]NamedCluster), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*map[string]*api.Context)(nil), (*[]NamedContext)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Context_To_Slice_v1_NamedContext(a.(*map[string]*api.Context), b.(*[]NamedContext), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*map[string]runtime.Object)(nil), (*[]NamedExtension)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(a.(*map[string]runtime.Object), b.(*[]NamedExtension), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*[]NamedAuthInfo)(nil), (*map[string]*api.AuthInfo)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Slice_v1_NamedAuthInfo_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_AuthInfo(a.(*[]NamedAuthInfo), b.(*map[string]*api.AuthInfo), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*[]NamedCluster)(nil), (*map[string]*api.Cluster)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Slice_v1_NamedCluster_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Cluster(a.(*[]NamedCluster), b.(*map[string]*api.Cluster), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*[]NamedContext)(nil), (*map[string]*api.Context)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Slice_v1_NamedContext_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Context(a.(*[]NamedContext), b.(*map[string]*api.Context), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := s.AddConversionFunc((*[]NamedExtension)(nil), (*map[string]runtime.Object)(nil), func(a, b interface{}, scope conversion.Scope) error {
+		return Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(a.(*[]NamedExtension), b.(*map[string]runtime.Object), scope)
+	}); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_AuthInfo_To_api_AuthInfo(in *AuthInfo, out *api.AuthInfo, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.ClientCertificate = in.ClientCertificate
+	out.ClientCertificateData = *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ClientCertificateData))
+	out.ClientKey = in.ClientKey
+	out.ClientKeyData = *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ClientKeyData))
+	out.Token = in.Token
+	out.TokenFile = in.TokenFile
+	out.Impersonate = in.Impersonate
+	out.ImpersonateUID = in.ImpersonateUID
+	out.ImpersonateGroups = *(*[]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ImpersonateGroups))
+	out.ImpersonateUserExtra = *(*map[string][]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ImpersonateUserExtra))
+	out.Username = in.Username
+	out.Password = in.Password
+	out.AuthProvider = (*api.AuthProviderConfig)(unsafe.Pointer(in.AuthProvider))
+	if in.Exec != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Exec, &out.Exec
+		*out = new(api.ExecConfig)
+		if err := Convert_v1_ExecConfig_To_api_ExecConfig(*in, *out, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	} else {
+		out.Exec = nil
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_AuthInfo_To_api_AuthInfo is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_AuthInfo_To_api_AuthInfo(in *AuthInfo, out *api.AuthInfo, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_AuthInfo_To_api_AuthInfo(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_AuthInfo_To_v1_AuthInfo(in *api.AuthInfo, out *AuthInfo, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	// INFO: in.LocationOfOrigin opted out of conversion generation
+	out.ClientCertificate = in.ClientCertificate
+	out.ClientCertificateData = *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ClientCertificateData))
+	out.ClientKey = in.ClientKey
+	out.ClientKeyData = *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ClientKeyData))
+	out.Token = in.Token
+	out.TokenFile = in.TokenFile
+	out.Impersonate = in.Impersonate
+	out.ImpersonateUID = in.ImpersonateUID
+	out.ImpersonateGroups = *(*[]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ImpersonateGroups))
+	out.ImpersonateUserExtra = *(*map[string][]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.ImpersonateUserExtra))
+	out.Username = in.Username
+	out.Password = in.Password
+	out.AuthProvider = (*AuthProviderConfig)(unsafe.Pointer(in.AuthProvider))
+	if in.Exec != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Exec, &out.Exec
+		*out = new(ExecConfig)
+		if err := Convert_api_ExecConfig_To_v1_ExecConfig(*in, *out, s); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	} else {
+		out.Exec = nil
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_AuthInfo_To_v1_AuthInfo is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_AuthInfo_To_v1_AuthInfo(in *api.AuthInfo, out *AuthInfo, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_AuthInfo_To_v1_AuthInfo(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_AuthProviderConfig_To_api_AuthProviderConfig(in *AuthProviderConfig, out *api.AuthProviderConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Name = in.Name
+	out.Config = *(*map[string]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.Config))
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_AuthProviderConfig_To_api_AuthProviderConfig is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_AuthProviderConfig_To_api_AuthProviderConfig(in *AuthProviderConfig, out *api.AuthProviderConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_AuthProviderConfig_To_api_AuthProviderConfig(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_AuthProviderConfig_To_v1_AuthProviderConfig(in *api.AuthProviderConfig, out *AuthProviderConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Name = in.Name
+	out.Config = *(*map[string]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.Config))
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_AuthProviderConfig_To_v1_AuthProviderConfig is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_AuthProviderConfig_To_v1_AuthProviderConfig(in *api.AuthProviderConfig, out *AuthProviderConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_AuthProviderConfig_To_v1_AuthProviderConfig(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_Cluster_To_api_Cluster(in *Cluster, out *api.Cluster, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Server = in.Server
+	out.TLSServerName = in.TLSServerName
+	out.InsecureSkipTLSVerify = in.InsecureSkipTLSVerify
+	out.CertificateAuthority = in.CertificateAuthority
+	out.CertificateAuthorityData = *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.CertificateAuthorityData))
+	out.ProxyURL = in.ProxyURL
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_Cluster_To_api_Cluster is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_Cluster_To_api_Cluster(in *Cluster, out *api.Cluster, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_Cluster_To_api_Cluster(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_Cluster_To_v1_Cluster(in *api.Cluster, out *Cluster, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	// INFO: in.LocationOfOrigin opted out of conversion generation
+	out.Server = in.Server
+	out.TLSServerName = in.TLSServerName
+	out.InsecureSkipTLSVerify = in.InsecureSkipTLSVerify
+	out.CertificateAuthority = in.CertificateAuthority
+	out.CertificateAuthorityData = *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.CertificateAuthorityData))
+	out.ProxyURL = in.ProxyURL
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_Cluster_To_v1_Cluster is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_Cluster_To_v1_Cluster(in *api.Cluster, out *Cluster, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_Cluster_To_v1_Cluster(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_Config_To_api_Config(in *Config, out *api.Config, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	// INFO: in.Kind opted out of conversion generation
+	// INFO: in.APIVersion opted out of conversion generation
+	if err := Convert_v1_Preferences_To_api_Preferences(&in.Preferences, &out.Preferences, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedCluster_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Cluster(&in.Clusters, &out.Clusters, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedAuthInfo_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_AuthInfo(&in.AuthInfos, &out.AuthInfos, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedContext_To_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Context(&in.Contexts, &out.Contexts, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	out.CurrentContext = in.CurrentContext
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_Config_To_api_Config is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_Config_To_api_Config(in *Config, out *api.Config, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_Config_To_api_Config(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_Config_To_v1_Config(in *api.Config, out *Config, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	// INFO: in.Kind opted out of conversion generation
+	// INFO: in.APIVersion opted out of conversion generation
+	if err := Convert_api_Preferences_To_v1_Preferences(&in.Preferences, &out.Preferences, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Cluster_To_Slice_v1_NamedCluster(&in.Clusters, &out.Clusters, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_AuthInfo_To_Slice_v1_NamedAuthInfo(&in.AuthInfos, &out.AuthInfos, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_Pointer_api_Context_To_Slice_v1_NamedContext(&in.Contexts, &out.Contexts, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	out.CurrentContext = in.CurrentContext
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_Config_To_v1_Config is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_Config_To_v1_Config(in *api.Config, out *Config, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_Config_To_v1_Config(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_Context_To_api_Context(in *Context, out *api.Context, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Cluster = in.Cluster
+	out.AuthInfo = in.AuthInfo
+	out.Namespace = in.Namespace
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_Context_To_api_Context is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_Context_To_api_Context(in *Context, out *api.Context, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_Context_To_api_Context(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_Context_To_v1_Context(in *api.Context, out *Context, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	// INFO: in.LocationOfOrigin opted out of conversion generation
+	out.Cluster = in.Cluster
+	out.AuthInfo = in.AuthInfo
+	out.Namespace = in.Namespace
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_Context_To_v1_Context is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_Context_To_v1_Context(in *api.Context, out *Context, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_Context_To_v1_Context(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_ExecConfig_To_api_ExecConfig(in *ExecConfig, out *api.ExecConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Command = in.Command
+	out.Args = *(*[]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.Args))
+	out.Env = *(*[]api.ExecEnvVar)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.Env))
+	out.APIVersion = in.APIVersion
+	out.InstallHint = in.InstallHint
+	out.ProvideClusterInfo = in.ProvideClusterInfo
+	out.InteractiveMode = api.ExecInteractiveMode(in.InteractiveMode)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_ExecConfig_To_api_ExecConfig is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_ExecConfig_To_api_ExecConfig(in *ExecConfig, out *api.ExecConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_ExecConfig_To_api_ExecConfig(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_ExecConfig_To_v1_ExecConfig(in *api.ExecConfig, out *ExecConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Command = in.Command
+	out.Args = *(*[]string)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.Args))
+	out.Env = *(*[]ExecEnvVar)(unsafe.Pointer(&in.Env))
+	out.APIVersion = in.APIVersion
+	out.InstallHint = in.InstallHint
+	out.ProvideClusterInfo = in.ProvideClusterInfo
+	// INFO: in.Config opted out of conversion generation
+	out.InteractiveMode = ExecInteractiveMode(in.InteractiveMode)
+	// INFO: in.StdinUnavailable opted out of conversion generation
+	// INFO: in.StdinUnavailableMessage opted out of conversion generation
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_ExecConfig_To_v1_ExecConfig is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_ExecConfig_To_v1_ExecConfig(in *api.ExecConfig, out *ExecConfig, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_ExecConfig_To_v1_ExecConfig(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_ExecEnvVar_To_api_ExecEnvVar(in *ExecEnvVar, out *api.ExecEnvVar, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Name = in.Name
+	out.Value = in.Value
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_ExecEnvVar_To_api_ExecEnvVar is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_ExecEnvVar_To_api_ExecEnvVar(in *ExecEnvVar, out *api.ExecEnvVar, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_ExecEnvVar_To_api_ExecEnvVar(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_ExecEnvVar_To_v1_ExecEnvVar(in *api.ExecEnvVar, out *ExecEnvVar, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Name = in.Name
+	out.Value = in.Value
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_ExecEnvVar_To_v1_ExecEnvVar is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_ExecEnvVar_To_v1_ExecEnvVar(in *api.ExecEnvVar, out *ExecEnvVar, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_ExecEnvVar_To_v1_ExecEnvVar(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_v1_Preferences_To_api_Preferences(in *Preferences, out *api.Preferences, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Colors = in.Colors
+	if err := Convert_Slice_v1_NamedExtension_To_Map_string_To_runtime_Object(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_v1_Preferences_To_api_Preferences is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_v1_Preferences_To_api_Preferences(in *Preferences, out *api.Preferences, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_v1_Preferences_To_api_Preferences(in, out, s)
+}
+
+func autoConvert_api_Preferences_To_v1_Preferences(in *api.Preferences, out *Preferences, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	out.Colors = in.Colors
+	if err := Convert_Map_string_To_runtime_Object_To_Slice_v1_NamedExtension(&in.Extensions, &out.Extensions, s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Convert_api_Preferences_To_v1_Preferences is an autogenerated conversion function.
+func Convert_api_Preferences_To_v1_Preferences(in *api.Preferences, out *Preferences, s conversion.Scope) error {
+	return autoConvert_api_Preferences_To_v1_Preferences(in, out, s)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/zz_generated.deepcopy.go

@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+//go:build !ignore_autogenerated
+// +build !ignore_autogenerated
+
+/*
+Copyright The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// Code generated by deepcopy-gen. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	runtime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *AuthInfo) DeepCopyInto(out *AuthInfo) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.ClientCertificateData != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ClientCertificateData, &out.ClientCertificateData
+		*out = make([]byte, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.ClientKeyData != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ClientKeyData, &out.ClientKeyData
+		*out = make([]byte, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.ImpersonateGroups != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ImpersonateGroups, &out.ImpersonateGroups
+		*out = make([]string, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.ImpersonateUserExtra != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ImpersonateUserExtra, &out.ImpersonateUserExtra
+		*out = make(map[string][]string, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			var outVal []string
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				in, out := &val, &outVal
+				*out = make([]string, len(*in))
+				copy(*out, *in)
+			}
+			(*out)[key] = outVal
+		}
+	}
+	if in.AuthProvider != nil {
+		in, out := &in.AuthProvider, &out.AuthProvider
+		*out = new(AuthProviderConfig)
+		(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+	}
+	if in.Exec != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Exec, &out.Exec
+		*out = new(ExecConfig)
+		(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+	}
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make([]NamedExtension, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new AuthInfo.
+func (in *AuthInfo) DeepCopy() *AuthInfo {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(AuthInfo)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *AuthProviderConfig) DeepCopyInto(out *AuthProviderConfig) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Config != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Config, &out.Config
+		*out = make(map[string]string, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			(*out)[key] = val
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new AuthProviderConfig.
+func (in *AuthProviderConfig) DeepCopy() *AuthProviderConfig {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(AuthProviderConfig)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Cluster) DeepCopyInto(out *Cluster) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.CertificateAuthorityData != nil {
+		in, out := &in.CertificateAuthorityData, &out.CertificateAuthorityData
+		*out = make([]byte, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make([]NamedExtension, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Cluster.
+func (in *Cluster) DeepCopy() *Cluster {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Cluster)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Config) DeepCopyInto(out *Config) {
+	*out = *in
+	in.Preferences.DeepCopyInto(&out.Preferences)
+	if in.Clusters != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Clusters, &out.Clusters
+		*out = make([]NamedCluster, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	if in.AuthInfos != nil {
+		in, out := &in.AuthInfos, &out.AuthInfos
+		*out = make([]NamedAuthInfo, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	if in.Contexts != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Contexts, &out.Contexts
+		*out = make([]NamedContext, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make([]NamedExtension, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Config.
+func (in *Config) DeepCopy() *Config {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Config)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyObject is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new runtime.Object.
+func (in *Config) DeepCopyObject() runtime.Object {
+	if c := in.DeepCopy(); c != nil {
+		return c
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Context) DeepCopyInto(out *Context) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make([]NamedExtension, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Context.
+func (in *Context) DeepCopy() *Context {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Context)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *ExecConfig) DeepCopyInto(out *ExecConfig) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Args != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Args, &out.Args
+		*out = make([]string, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.Env != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Env, &out.Env
+		*out = make([]ExecEnvVar, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new ExecConfig.
+func (in *ExecConfig) DeepCopy() *ExecConfig {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(ExecConfig)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *ExecEnvVar) DeepCopyInto(out *ExecEnvVar) {
+	*out = *in
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new ExecEnvVar.
+func (in *ExecEnvVar) DeepCopy() *ExecEnvVar {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(ExecEnvVar)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *NamedAuthInfo) DeepCopyInto(out *NamedAuthInfo) {
+	*out = *in
+	in.AuthInfo.DeepCopyInto(&out.AuthInfo)
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new NamedAuthInfo.
+func (in *NamedAuthInfo) DeepCopy() *NamedAuthInfo {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(NamedAuthInfo)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *NamedCluster) DeepCopyInto(out *NamedCluster) {
+	*out = *in
+	in.Cluster.DeepCopyInto(&out.Cluster)
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new NamedCluster.
+func (in *NamedCluster) DeepCopy() *NamedCluster {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(NamedCluster)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *NamedContext) DeepCopyInto(out *NamedContext) {
+	*out = *in
+	in.Context.DeepCopyInto(&out.Context)
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new NamedContext.
+func (in *NamedContext) DeepCopy() *NamedContext {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(NamedContext)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *NamedExtension) DeepCopyInto(out *NamedExtension) {
+	*out = *in
+	in.Extension.DeepCopyInto(&out.Extension)
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new NamedExtension.
+func (in *NamedExtension) DeepCopy() *NamedExtension {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(NamedExtension)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Preferences) DeepCopyInto(out *Preferences) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make([]NamedExtension, len(*in))
+		for i := range *in {
+			(*in)[i].DeepCopyInto(&(*out)[i])
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Preferences.
+func (in *Preferences) DeepCopy() *Preferences {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Preferences)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/v1/zz_generated.defaults.go

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+//go:build !ignore_autogenerated
+// +build !ignore_autogenerated
+
+/*
+Copyright The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// Code generated by defaulter-gen. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package v1
+
+import (
+	runtime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+// RegisterDefaults adds defaulters functions to the given scheme.
+// Public to allow building arbitrary schemes.
+// All generated defaulters are covering - they call all nested defaulters.
+func RegisterDefaults(scheme *runtime.Scheme) error {
+	scheme.AddTypeDefaultingFunc(&Config{}, func(obj interface{}) { SetObjectDefaults_Config(obj.(*Config)) })
+	return nil
+}
+
+func SetObjectDefaults_Config(in *Config) {
+	for i := range in.AuthInfos {
+		a := &in.AuthInfos[i]
+		if a.AuthInfo.Exec != nil {
+			SetDefaults_ExecConfig(a.AuthInfo.Exec)
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/zz_generated.deepcopy.go

@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+//go:build !ignore_autogenerated
+// +build !ignore_autogenerated
+
+/*
+Copyright The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// Code generated by deepcopy-gen. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package api
+
+import (
+	runtime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *AuthInfo) DeepCopyInto(out *AuthInfo) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.ClientCertificateData != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ClientCertificateData, &out.ClientCertificateData
+		*out = make([]byte, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.ClientKeyData != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ClientKeyData, &out.ClientKeyData
+		*out = make([]byte, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.ImpersonateGroups != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ImpersonateGroups, &out.ImpersonateGroups
+		*out = make([]string, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.ImpersonateUserExtra != nil {
+		in, out := &in.ImpersonateUserExtra, &out.ImpersonateUserExtra
+		*out = make(map[string][]string, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			var outVal []string
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				in, out := &val, &outVal
+				*out = make([]string, len(*in))
+				copy(*out, *in)
+			}
+			(*out)[key] = outVal
+		}
+	}
+	if in.AuthProvider != nil {
+		in, out := &in.AuthProvider, &out.AuthProvider
+		*out = new(AuthProviderConfig)
+		(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+	}
+	if in.Exec != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Exec, &out.Exec
+		*out = new(ExecConfig)
+		(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+	}
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make(map[string]runtime.Object, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				(*out)[key] = val.DeepCopyObject()
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new AuthInfo.
+func (in *AuthInfo) DeepCopy() *AuthInfo {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(AuthInfo)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *AuthProviderConfig) DeepCopyInto(out *AuthProviderConfig) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Config != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Config, &out.Config
+		*out = make(map[string]string, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			(*out)[key] = val
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new AuthProviderConfig.
+func (in *AuthProviderConfig) DeepCopy() *AuthProviderConfig {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(AuthProviderConfig)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Cluster) DeepCopyInto(out *Cluster) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.CertificateAuthorityData != nil {
+		in, out := &in.CertificateAuthorityData, &out.CertificateAuthorityData
+		*out = make([]byte, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make(map[string]runtime.Object, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				(*out)[key] = val.DeepCopyObject()
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Cluster.
+func (in *Cluster) DeepCopy() *Cluster {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Cluster)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Config) DeepCopyInto(out *Config) {
+	*out = *in
+	in.Preferences.DeepCopyInto(&out.Preferences)
+	if in.Clusters != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Clusters, &out.Clusters
+		*out = make(map[string]*Cluster, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			var outVal *Cluster
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				in, out := &val, &outVal
+				*out = new(Cluster)
+				(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+			}
+			(*out)[key] = outVal
+		}
+	}
+	if in.AuthInfos != nil {
+		in, out := &in.AuthInfos, &out.AuthInfos
+		*out = make(map[string]*AuthInfo, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			var outVal *AuthInfo
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				in, out := &val, &outVal
+				*out = new(AuthInfo)
+				(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+			}
+			(*out)[key] = outVal
+		}
+	}
+	if in.Contexts != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Contexts, &out.Contexts
+		*out = make(map[string]*Context, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			var outVal *Context
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				in, out := &val, &outVal
+				*out = new(Context)
+				(*in).DeepCopyInto(*out)
+			}
+			(*out)[key] = outVal
+		}
+	}
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make(map[string]runtime.Object, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				(*out)[key] = val.DeepCopyObject()
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Config.
+func (in *Config) DeepCopy() *Config {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Config)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyObject is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new runtime.Object.
+func (in *Config) DeepCopyObject() runtime.Object {
+	if c := in.DeepCopy(); c != nil {
+		return c
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Context) DeepCopyInto(out *Context) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make(map[string]runtime.Object, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				(*out)[key] = val.DeepCopyObject()
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Context.
+func (in *Context) DeepCopy() *Context {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Context)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *ExecConfig) DeepCopyInto(out *ExecConfig) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Args != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Args, &out.Args
+		*out = make([]string, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.Env != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Env, &out.Env
+		*out = make([]ExecEnvVar, len(*in))
+		copy(*out, *in)
+	}
+	if in.Config != nil {
+		out.Config = in.Config.DeepCopyObject()
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new ExecConfig.
+func (in *ExecConfig) DeepCopy() *ExecConfig {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(ExecConfig)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *ExecEnvVar) DeepCopyInto(out *ExecEnvVar) {
+	*out = *in
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new ExecEnvVar.
+func (in *ExecEnvVar) DeepCopy() *ExecEnvVar {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(ExecEnvVar)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// DeepCopyInto is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, writing into out. in must be non-nil.
+func (in *Preferences) DeepCopyInto(out *Preferences) {
+	*out = *in
+	if in.Extensions != nil {
+		in, out := &in.Extensions, &out.Extensions
+		*out = make(map[string]runtime.Object, len(*in))
+		for key, val := range *in {
+			if val == nil {
+				(*out)[key] = nil
+			} else {
+				(*out)[key] = val.DeepCopyObject()
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// DeepCopy is an autogenerated deepcopy function, copying the receiver, creating a new Preferences.
+func (in *Preferences) DeepCopy() *Preferences {
+	if in == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	out := new(Preferences)
+	in.DeepCopyInto(out)
+	return out
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/auth_loaders.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"os"
+
+	"golang.org/x/term"
+
+	clientauth "k8s.io/client-go/tools/auth"
+)
+
+// AuthLoaders are used to build clientauth.Info objects.
+type AuthLoader interface {
+	// LoadAuth takes a path to a config file and can then do anything it needs in order to return a valid clientauth.Info
+	LoadAuth(path string) (*clientauth.Info, error)
+}
+
+// default implementation of an AuthLoader
+type defaultAuthLoader struct{}
+
+// LoadAuth for defaultAuthLoader simply delegates to clientauth.LoadFromFile
+func (*defaultAuthLoader) LoadAuth(path string) (*clientauth.Info, error) {
+	return clientauth.LoadFromFile(path)
+}
+
+type PromptingAuthLoader struct {
+	reader io.Reader
+}
+
+// LoadAuth parses an AuthInfo object from a file path. It prompts user and creates file if it doesn't exist.
+func (a *PromptingAuthLoader) LoadAuth(path string) (*clientauth.Info, error) {
+	// Prompt for user/pass and write a file if none exists.
+	if _, err := os.Stat(path); os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		authPtr, err := a.Prompt()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		auth := *authPtr
+		data, err := json.Marshal(auth)
+		if err != nil {
+			return &auth, err
+		}
+		err = ioutil.WriteFile(path, data, 0600)
+		return &auth, err
+	}
+	authPtr, err := clientauth.LoadFromFile(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return authPtr, nil
+}
+
+// Prompt pulls the user and password from a reader
+func (a *PromptingAuthLoader) Prompt() (*clientauth.Info, error) {
+	var err error
+	auth := &clientauth.Info{}
+	auth.User, err = promptForString("Username", a.reader, true)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	auth.Password, err = promptForString("Password", nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return auth, nil
+}
+
+func promptForString(field string, r io.Reader, show bool) (result string, err error) {
+	fmt.Printf("Please enter %s: ", field)
+	if show {
+		_, err = fmt.Fscan(r, &result)
+	} else {
+		var data []byte
+		if term.IsTerminal(int(os.Stdin.Fd())) {
+			data, err = term.ReadPassword(int(os.Stdin.Fd()))
+			result = string(data)
+		} else {
+			return "", fmt.Errorf("error reading input for %s", field)
+		}
+	}
+	return result, err
+}
+
+// NewPromptingAuthLoader is an AuthLoader that parses an AuthInfo object from a file path. It prompts user and creates file if it doesn't exist.
+func NewPromptingAuthLoader(reader io.Reader) *PromptingAuthLoader {
+	return &PromptingAuthLoader{reader}
+}
+
+// NewDefaultAuthLoader returns a default implementation of an AuthLoader that only reads from a config file
+func NewDefaultAuthLoader() AuthLoader {
+	return &defaultAuthLoader{}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/client_config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"os"
+	"strings"
+	"unicode"
+
+	restclient "k8s.io/client-go/rest"
+	clientauth "k8s.io/client-go/tools/auth"
+	clientcmdapi "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	"github.com/imdario/mergo"
+)
+
+const (
+	// clusterExtensionKey is reserved in the cluster extensions list for exec plugin config.
+	clusterExtensionKey = "client.authentication.k8s.io/exec"
+)
+
+var (
+	// ClusterDefaults has the same behavior as the old EnvVar and DefaultCluster fields
+	// DEPRECATED will be replaced
+	ClusterDefaults = clientcmdapi.Cluster{Server: getDefaultServer()}
+	// DefaultClientConfig represents the legacy behavior of this package for defaulting
+	// DEPRECATED will be replace
+	DefaultClientConfig = DirectClientConfig{*clientcmdapi.NewConfig(), "", &ConfigOverrides{
+		ClusterDefaults: ClusterDefaults,
+	}, nil, NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules(), promptedCredentials{}}
+)
+
+// getDefaultServer returns a default setting for DefaultClientConfig
+// DEPRECATED
+func getDefaultServer() string {
+	if server := os.Getenv("KUBERNETES_MASTER"); len(server) > 0 {
+		return server
+	}
+	return "http://localhost:8080"
+}
+
+// ClientConfig is used to make it easy to get an api server client
+type ClientConfig interface {
+	// RawConfig returns the merged result of all overrides
+	RawConfig() (clientcmdapi.Config, error)
+	// ClientConfig returns a complete client config
+	ClientConfig() (*restclient.Config, error)
+	// Namespace returns the namespace resulting from the merged
+	// result of all overrides and a boolean indicating if it was
+	// overridden
+	Namespace() (string, bool, error)
+	// ConfigAccess returns the rules for loading/persisting the config.
+	ConfigAccess() ConfigAccess
+}
+
+type PersistAuthProviderConfigForUser func(user string) restclient.AuthProviderConfigPersister
+
+type promptedCredentials struct {
+	username string
+	password string `datapolicy:"password"`
+}
+
+// DirectClientConfig is a ClientConfig interface that is backed by a clientcmdapi.Config, options overrides, and an optional fallbackReader for auth information
+type DirectClientConfig struct {
+	config         clientcmdapi.Config
+	contextName    string
+	overrides      *ConfigOverrides
+	fallbackReader io.Reader
+	configAccess   ConfigAccess
+	// promptedCredentials store the credentials input by the user
+	promptedCredentials promptedCredentials
+}
+
+// NewDefaultClientConfig creates a DirectClientConfig using the config.CurrentContext as the context name
+func NewDefaultClientConfig(config clientcmdapi.Config, overrides *ConfigOverrides) ClientConfig {
+	return &DirectClientConfig{config, config.CurrentContext, overrides, nil, NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules(), promptedCredentials{}}
+}
+
+// NewNonInteractiveClientConfig creates a DirectClientConfig using the passed context name and does not have a fallback reader for auth information
+func NewNonInteractiveClientConfig(config clientcmdapi.Config, contextName string, overrides *ConfigOverrides, configAccess ConfigAccess) ClientConfig {
+	return &DirectClientConfig{config, contextName, overrides, nil, configAccess, promptedCredentials{}}
+}
+
+// NewInteractiveClientConfig creates a DirectClientConfig using the passed context name and a reader in case auth information is not provided via files or flags
+func NewInteractiveClientConfig(config clientcmdapi.Config, contextName string, overrides *ConfigOverrides, fallbackReader io.Reader, configAccess ConfigAccess) ClientConfig {
+	return &DirectClientConfig{config, contextName, overrides, fallbackReader, configAccess, promptedCredentials{}}
+}
+
+// NewClientConfigFromBytes takes your kubeconfig and gives you back a ClientConfig
+func NewClientConfigFromBytes(configBytes []byte) (ClientConfig, error) {
+	config, err := Load(configBytes)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &DirectClientConfig{*config, "", &ConfigOverrides{}, nil, nil, promptedCredentials{}}, nil
+}
+
+// RESTConfigFromKubeConfig is a convenience method to give back a restconfig from your kubeconfig bytes.
+// For programmatic access, this is what you want 80% of the time
+func RESTConfigFromKubeConfig(configBytes []byte) (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	clientConfig, err := NewClientConfigFromBytes(configBytes)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return clientConfig.ClientConfig()
+}
+
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) RawConfig() (clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	return config.config, nil
+}
+
+// ClientConfig implements ClientConfig
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) ClientConfig() (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	// check that getAuthInfo, getContext, and getCluster do not return an error.
+	// Do this before checking if the current config is usable in the event that an
+	// AuthInfo, Context, or Cluster config with user-defined names are not found.
+	// This provides a user with the immediate cause for error if one is found
+	configAuthInfo, err := config.getAuthInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, err = config.getContext()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	configClusterInfo, err := config.getCluster()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := config.ConfirmUsable(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	clientConfig := &restclient.Config{}
+	clientConfig.Host = configClusterInfo.Server
+	if configClusterInfo.ProxyURL != "" {
+		u, err := parseProxyURL(configClusterInfo.ProxyURL)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		clientConfig.Proxy = http.ProxyURL(u)
+	}
+
+	if config.overrides != nil && len(config.overrides.Timeout) > 0 {
+		timeout, err := ParseTimeout(config.overrides.Timeout)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		clientConfig.Timeout = timeout
+	}
+
+	if u, err := url.ParseRequestURI(clientConfig.Host); err == nil && u.Opaque == "" && len(u.Path) > 1 {
+		u.RawQuery = ""
+		u.Fragment = ""
+		clientConfig.Host = u.String()
+	}
+	if len(configAuthInfo.Impersonate) > 0 {
+		clientConfig.Impersonate = restclient.ImpersonationConfig{
+			UserName: configAuthInfo.Impersonate,
+			UID:      configAuthInfo.ImpersonateUID,
+			Groups:   configAuthInfo.ImpersonateGroups,
+			Extra:    configAuthInfo.ImpersonateUserExtra,
+		}
+	}
+
+	// only try to read the auth information if we are secure
+	if restclient.IsConfigTransportTLS(*clientConfig) {
+		var err error
+		var persister restclient.AuthProviderConfigPersister
+		if config.configAccess != nil {
+			authInfoName, _ := config.getAuthInfoName()
+			persister = PersisterForUser(config.configAccess, authInfoName)
+		}
+		userAuthPartialConfig, err := config.getUserIdentificationPartialConfig(configAuthInfo, config.fallbackReader, persister, configClusterInfo)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		mergo.Merge(clientConfig, userAuthPartialConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+
+		serverAuthPartialConfig, err := getServerIdentificationPartialConfig(configAuthInfo, configClusterInfo)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		mergo.Merge(clientConfig, serverAuthPartialConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+
+	return clientConfig, nil
+}
+
+// clientauth.Info object contain both user identification and server identification.  We want different precedence orders for
+// both, so we have to split the objects and merge them separately
+// we want this order of precedence for the server identification
+// 1.  configClusterInfo (the final result of command line flags and merged .kubeconfig files)
+// 2.  configAuthInfo.auth-path (this file can contain information that conflicts with #1, and we want #1 to win the priority)
+// 3.  load the ~/.kubernetes_auth file as a default
+func getServerIdentificationPartialConfig(configAuthInfo clientcmdapi.AuthInfo, configClusterInfo clientcmdapi.Cluster) (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	mergedConfig := &restclient.Config{}
+
+	// configClusterInfo holds the information identify the server provided by .kubeconfig
+	configClientConfig := &restclient.Config{}
+	configClientConfig.CAFile = configClusterInfo.CertificateAuthority
+	configClientConfig.CAData = configClusterInfo.CertificateAuthorityData
+	configClientConfig.Insecure = configClusterInfo.InsecureSkipTLSVerify
+	configClientConfig.ServerName = configClusterInfo.TLSServerName
+	mergo.Merge(mergedConfig, configClientConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+
+	return mergedConfig, nil
+}
+
+// clientauth.Info object contain both user identification and server identification.  We want different precedence orders for
+// both, so we have to split the objects and merge them separately
+// we want this order of precedence for user identification
+// 1.  configAuthInfo minus auth-path (the final result of command line flags and merged .kubeconfig files)
+// 2.  configAuthInfo.auth-path (this file can contain information that conflicts with #1, and we want #1 to win the priority)
+// 3.  if there is not enough information to identify the user, load try the ~/.kubernetes_auth file
+// 4.  if there is not enough information to identify the user, prompt if possible
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getUserIdentificationPartialConfig(configAuthInfo clientcmdapi.AuthInfo, fallbackReader io.Reader, persistAuthConfig restclient.AuthProviderConfigPersister, configClusterInfo clientcmdapi.Cluster) (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	mergedConfig := &restclient.Config{}
+
+	// blindly overwrite existing values based on precedence
+	if len(configAuthInfo.Token) > 0 {
+		mergedConfig.BearerToken = configAuthInfo.Token
+		mergedConfig.BearerTokenFile = configAuthInfo.TokenFile
+	} else if len(configAuthInfo.TokenFile) > 0 {
+		tokenBytes, err := ioutil.ReadFile(configAuthInfo.TokenFile)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		mergedConfig.BearerToken = string(tokenBytes)
+		mergedConfig.BearerTokenFile = configAuthInfo.TokenFile
+	}
+	if len(configAuthInfo.Impersonate) > 0 {
+		mergedConfig.Impersonate = restclient.ImpersonationConfig{
+			UserName: configAuthInfo.Impersonate,
+			UID:      configAuthInfo.ImpersonateUID,
+			Groups:   configAuthInfo.ImpersonateGroups,
+			Extra:    configAuthInfo.ImpersonateUserExtra,
+		}
+	}
+	if len(configAuthInfo.ClientCertificate) > 0 || len(configAuthInfo.ClientCertificateData) > 0 {
+		mergedConfig.CertFile = configAuthInfo.ClientCertificate
+		mergedConfig.CertData = configAuthInfo.ClientCertificateData
+		mergedConfig.KeyFile = configAuthInfo.ClientKey
+		mergedConfig.KeyData = configAuthInfo.ClientKeyData
+	}
+	if len(configAuthInfo.Username) > 0 || len(configAuthInfo.Password) > 0 {
+		mergedConfig.Username = configAuthInfo.Username
+		mergedConfig.Password = configAuthInfo.Password
+	}
+	if configAuthInfo.AuthProvider != nil {
+		mergedConfig.AuthProvider = configAuthInfo.AuthProvider
+		mergedConfig.AuthConfigPersister = persistAuthConfig
+	}
+	if configAuthInfo.Exec != nil {
+		mergedConfig.ExecProvider = configAuthInfo.Exec
+		mergedConfig.ExecProvider.InstallHint = cleanANSIEscapeCodes(mergedConfig.ExecProvider.InstallHint)
+		mergedConfig.ExecProvider.Config = configClusterInfo.Extensions[clusterExtensionKey]
+	}
+
+	// if there still isn't enough information to authenticate the user, try prompting
+	if !canIdentifyUser(*mergedConfig) && (fallbackReader != nil) {
+		if len(config.promptedCredentials.username) > 0 && len(config.promptedCredentials.password) > 0 {
+			mergedConfig.Username = config.promptedCredentials.username
+			mergedConfig.Password = config.promptedCredentials.password
+			return mergedConfig, nil
+		}
+		prompter := NewPromptingAuthLoader(fallbackReader)
+		promptedAuthInfo, err := prompter.Prompt()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		promptedConfig := makeUserIdentificationConfig(*promptedAuthInfo)
+		previouslyMergedConfig := mergedConfig
+		mergedConfig = &restclient.Config{}
+		mergo.Merge(mergedConfig, promptedConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+		mergo.Merge(mergedConfig, previouslyMergedConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+		config.promptedCredentials.username = mergedConfig.Username
+		config.promptedCredentials.password = mergedConfig.Password
+	}
+
+	return mergedConfig, nil
+}
+
+// makeUserIdentificationFieldsConfig returns a client.Config capable of being merged using mergo for only user identification information
+func makeUserIdentificationConfig(info clientauth.Info) *restclient.Config {
+	config := &restclient.Config{}
+	config.Username = info.User
+	config.Password = info.Password
+	config.CertFile = info.CertFile
+	config.KeyFile = info.KeyFile
+	config.BearerToken = info.BearerToken
+	return config
+}
+
+func canIdentifyUser(config restclient.Config) bool {
+	return len(config.Username) > 0 ||
+		(len(config.CertFile) > 0 || len(config.CertData) > 0) ||
+		len(config.BearerToken) > 0 ||
+		config.AuthProvider != nil ||
+		config.ExecProvider != nil
+}
+
+// cleanANSIEscapeCodes takes an arbitrary string and ensures that there are no
+// ANSI escape sequences that could put the terminal in a weird state (e.g.,
+// "\e[1m" bolds text)
+func cleanANSIEscapeCodes(s string) string {
+	// spaceControlCharacters includes tab, new line, vertical tab, new page, and
+	// carriage return. These are in the unicode.Cc category, but that category also
+	// contains ESC (U+001B) which we don't want.
+	spaceControlCharacters := unicode.RangeTable{
+		R16: []unicode.Range16{
+			{Lo: 0x0009, Hi: 0x000D, Stride: 1},
+		},
+	}
+
+	// Why not make this deny-only (instead of allow-only)? Because unicode.C
+	// contains newline and tab characters that we want.
+	allowedRanges := []*unicode.RangeTable{
+		unicode.L,
+		unicode.M,
+		unicode.N,
+		unicode.P,
+		unicode.S,
+		unicode.Z,
+		&spaceControlCharacters,
+	}
+	builder := strings.Builder{}
+	for _, roon := range s {
+		if unicode.IsOneOf(allowedRanges, roon) {
+			builder.WriteRune(roon) // returns nil error, per go doc
+		} else {
+			fmt.Fprintf(&builder, "%U", roon)
+		}
+	}
+	return builder.String()
+}
+
+// Namespace implements ClientConfig
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) Namespace() (string, bool, error) {
+	if config.overrides != nil && config.overrides.Context.Namespace != "" {
+		// In the event we have an empty config but we do have a namespace override, we should return
+		// the namespace override instead of having config.ConfirmUsable() return an error. This allows
+		// things like in-cluster clients to execute `kubectl get pods --namespace=foo` and have the
+		// --namespace flag honored instead of being ignored.
+		return config.overrides.Context.Namespace, true, nil
+	}
+
+	if err := config.ConfirmUsable(); err != nil {
+		return "", false, err
+	}
+
+	configContext, err := config.getContext()
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", false, err
+	}
+
+	if len(configContext.Namespace) == 0 {
+		return "default", false, nil
+	}
+
+	return configContext.Namespace, false, nil
+}
+
+// ConfigAccess implements ClientConfig
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) ConfigAccess() ConfigAccess {
+	return config.configAccess
+}
+
+// ConfirmUsable looks a particular context and determines if that particular part of the config is useable.  There might still be errors in the config,
+// but no errors in the sections requested or referenced.  It does not return early so that it can find as many errors as possible.
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) ConfirmUsable() error {
+	validationErrors := make([]error, 0)
+
+	var contextName string
+	if len(config.contextName) != 0 {
+		contextName = config.contextName
+	} else {
+		contextName = config.config.CurrentContext
+	}
+
+	if len(contextName) > 0 {
+		_, exists := config.config.Contexts[contextName]
+		if !exists {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, &errContextNotFound{contextName})
+		}
+	}
+
+	authInfoName, _ := config.getAuthInfoName()
+	authInfo, _ := config.getAuthInfo()
+	validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateAuthInfo(authInfoName, authInfo)...)
+	clusterName, _ := config.getClusterName()
+	cluster, _ := config.getCluster()
+	validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateClusterInfo(clusterName, cluster)...)
+	// when direct client config is specified, and our only error is that no server is defined, we should
+	// return a standard "no config" error
+	if len(validationErrors) == 1 && validationErrors[0] == ErrEmptyCluster {
+		return newErrConfigurationInvalid([]error{ErrEmptyConfig})
+	}
+	return newErrConfigurationInvalid(validationErrors)
+}
+
+// getContextName returns the default, or user-set context name, and a boolean that indicates
+// whether the default context name has been overwritten by a user-set flag, or left as its default value
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getContextName() (string, bool) {
+	if config.overrides != nil && len(config.overrides.CurrentContext) != 0 {
+		return config.overrides.CurrentContext, true
+	}
+	if len(config.contextName) != 0 {
+		return config.contextName, false
+	}
+
+	return config.config.CurrentContext, false
+}
+
+// getAuthInfoName returns a string containing the current authinfo name for the current context,
+// and a boolean indicating  whether the default authInfo name is overwritten by a user-set flag, or
+// left as its default value
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getAuthInfoName() (string, bool) {
+	if config.overrides != nil && len(config.overrides.Context.AuthInfo) != 0 {
+		return config.overrides.Context.AuthInfo, true
+	}
+	context, _ := config.getContext()
+	return context.AuthInfo, false
+}
+
+// getClusterName returns a string containing the default, or user-set cluster name, and a boolean
+// indicating whether the default clusterName has been overwritten by a user-set flag, or left as
+// its default value
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getClusterName() (string, bool) {
+	if config.overrides != nil && len(config.overrides.Context.Cluster) != 0 {
+		return config.overrides.Context.Cluster, true
+	}
+	context, _ := config.getContext()
+	return context.Cluster, false
+}
+
+// getContext returns the clientcmdapi.Context, or an error if a required context is not found.
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getContext() (clientcmdapi.Context, error) {
+	contexts := config.config.Contexts
+	contextName, required := config.getContextName()
+
+	mergedContext := clientcmdapi.NewContext()
+	if configContext, exists := contexts[contextName]; exists {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedContext, configContext, mergo.WithOverride)
+	} else if required {
+		return clientcmdapi.Context{}, fmt.Errorf("context %q does not exist", contextName)
+	}
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedContext, config.overrides.Context, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+
+	return *mergedContext, nil
+}
+
+// getAuthInfo returns the clientcmdapi.AuthInfo, or an error if a required auth info is not found.
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getAuthInfo() (clientcmdapi.AuthInfo, error) {
+	authInfos := config.config.AuthInfos
+	authInfoName, required := config.getAuthInfoName()
+
+	mergedAuthInfo := clientcmdapi.NewAuthInfo()
+	if configAuthInfo, exists := authInfos[authInfoName]; exists {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedAuthInfo, configAuthInfo, mergo.WithOverride)
+	} else if required {
+		return clientcmdapi.AuthInfo{}, fmt.Errorf("auth info %q does not exist", authInfoName)
+	}
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedAuthInfo, config.overrides.AuthInfo, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+
+	return *mergedAuthInfo, nil
+}
+
+// getCluster returns the clientcmdapi.Cluster, or an error if a required cluster is not found.
+func (config *DirectClientConfig) getCluster() (clientcmdapi.Cluster, error) {
+	clusterInfos := config.config.Clusters
+	clusterInfoName, required := config.getClusterName()
+
+	mergedClusterInfo := clientcmdapi.NewCluster()
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedClusterInfo, config.overrides.ClusterDefaults, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+	if configClusterInfo, exists := clusterInfos[clusterInfoName]; exists {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedClusterInfo, configClusterInfo, mergo.WithOverride)
+	} else if required {
+		return clientcmdapi.Cluster{}, fmt.Errorf("cluster %q does not exist", clusterInfoName)
+	}
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		mergo.Merge(mergedClusterInfo, config.overrides.ClusterInfo, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+
+	// * An override of --insecure-skip-tls-verify=true and no accompanying CA/CA data should clear already-set CA/CA data
+	// otherwise, a kubeconfig containing a CA reference would return an error that "CA and insecure-skip-tls-verify couldn't both be set".
+	// * An override of --certificate-authority should also override TLS skip settings and CA data, otherwise existing CA data will take precedence.
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		caLen := len(config.overrides.ClusterInfo.CertificateAuthority)
+		caDataLen := len(config.overrides.ClusterInfo.CertificateAuthorityData)
+		if config.overrides.ClusterInfo.InsecureSkipTLSVerify || caLen > 0 || caDataLen > 0 {
+			mergedClusterInfo.InsecureSkipTLSVerify = config.overrides.ClusterInfo.InsecureSkipTLSVerify
+			mergedClusterInfo.CertificateAuthority = config.overrides.ClusterInfo.CertificateAuthority
+			mergedClusterInfo.CertificateAuthorityData = config.overrides.ClusterInfo.CertificateAuthorityData
+		}
+
+		// if the --tls-server-name has been set in overrides, use that value.
+		// if the --server has been set in overrides, then use the value of --tls-server-name specified on the CLI too.  This gives the property
+		// that setting a --server will effectively clear the KUBECONFIG value of tls-server-name if it is specified on the command line which is
+		// usually correct.
+		if config.overrides.ClusterInfo.TLSServerName != "" || config.overrides.ClusterInfo.Server != "" {
+			mergedClusterInfo.TLSServerName = config.overrides.ClusterInfo.TLSServerName
+		}
+	}
+
+	return *mergedClusterInfo, nil
+}
+
+// inClusterClientConfig makes a config that will work from within a kubernetes cluster container environment.
+// Can take options overrides for flags explicitly provided to the command inside the cluster container.
+type inClusterClientConfig struct {
+	overrides               *ConfigOverrides
+	inClusterConfigProvider func() (*restclient.Config, error)
+}
+
+var _ ClientConfig = &inClusterClientConfig{}
+
+func (config *inClusterClientConfig) RawConfig() (clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	return clientcmdapi.Config{}, fmt.Errorf("inCluster environment config doesn't support multiple clusters")
+}
+
+func (config *inClusterClientConfig) ClientConfig() (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	inClusterConfigProvider := config.inClusterConfigProvider
+	if inClusterConfigProvider == nil {
+		inClusterConfigProvider = restclient.InClusterConfig
+	}
+
+	icc, err := inClusterConfigProvider()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// in-cluster configs only takes a host, token, or CA file
+	// if any of them were individually provided, overwrite anything else
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		if server := config.overrides.ClusterInfo.Server; len(server) > 0 {
+			icc.Host = server
+		}
+		if len(config.overrides.AuthInfo.Token) > 0 || len(config.overrides.AuthInfo.TokenFile) > 0 {
+			icc.BearerToken = config.overrides.AuthInfo.Token
+			icc.BearerTokenFile = config.overrides.AuthInfo.TokenFile
+		}
+		if certificateAuthorityFile := config.overrides.ClusterInfo.CertificateAuthority; len(certificateAuthorityFile) > 0 {
+			icc.TLSClientConfig.CAFile = certificateAuthorityFile
+		}
+	}
+
+	return icc, nil
+}
+
+func (config *inClusterClientConfig) Namespace() (string, bool, error) {
+	// This way assumes you've set the POD_NAMESPACE environment variable using the downward API.
+	// This check has to be done first for backwards compatibility with the way InClusterConfig was originally set up
+	if ns := os.Getenv("POD_NAMESPACE"); ns != "" {
+		return ns, false, nil
+	}
+
+	// Fall back to the namespace associated with the service account token, if available
+	if data, err := ioutil.ReadFile("/var/run/secrets/kubernetes.io/serviceaccount/namespace"); err == nil {
+		if ns := strings.TrimSpace(string(data)); len(ns) > 0 {
+			return ns, false, nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return "default", false, nil
+}
+
+func (config *inClusterClientConfig) ConfigAccess() ConfigAccess {
+	return NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules()
+}
+
+// Possible returns true if loading an inside-kubernetes-cluster is possible.
+func (config *inClusterClientConfig) Possible() bool {
+	fi, err := os.Stat("/var/run/secrets/kubernetes.io/serviceaccount/token")
+	return os.Getenv("KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST") != "" &&
+		os.Getenv("KUBERNETES_SERVICE_PORT") != "" &&
+		err == nil && !fi.IsDir()
+}
+
+// BuildConfigFromFlags is a helper function that builds configs from a master
+// url or a kubeconfig filepath. These are passed in as command line flags for cluster
+// components. Warnings should reflect this usage. If neither masterUrl or kubeconfigPath
+// are passed in we fallback to inClusterConfig. If inClusterConfig fails, we fallback
+// to the default config.
+func BuildConfigFromFlags(masterUrl, kubeconfigPath string) (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	if kubeconfigPath == "" && masterUrl == "" {
+		klog.Warning("Neither --kubeconfig nor --master was specified.  Using the inClusterConfig.  This might not work.")
+		kubeconfig, err := restclient.InClusterConfig()
+		if err == nil {
+			return kubeconfig, nil
+		}
+		klog.Warning("error creating inClusterConfig, falling back to default config: ", err)
+	}
+	return NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(
+		&ClientConfigLoadingRules{ExplicitPath: kubeconfigPath},
+		&ConfigOverrides{ClusterInfo: clientcmdapi.Cluster{Server: masterUrl}}).ClientConfig()
+}
+
+// BuildConfigFromKubeconfigGetter is a helper function that builds configs from a master
+// url and a kubeconfigGetter.
+func BuildConfigFromKubeconfigGetter(masterUrl string, kubeconfigGetter KubeconfigGetter) (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	// TODO: We do not need a DeferredLoader here. Refactor code and see if we can use DirectClientConfig here.
+	cc := NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(
+		&ClientConfigGetter{kubeconfigGetter: kubeconfigGetter},
+		&ConfigOverrides{ClusterInfo: clientcmdapi.Cluster{Server: masterUrl}})
+	return cc.ClientConfig()
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"os"
+	"path"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"reflect"
+	"sort"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	restclient "k8s.io/client-go/rest"
+	clientcmdapi "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+)
+
+// ConfigAccess is used by subcommands and methods in this package to load and modify the appropriate config files
+type ConfigAccess interface {
+	// GetLoadingPrecedence returns the slice of files that should be used for loading and inspecting the config
+	GetLoadingPrecedence() []string
+	// GetStartingConfig returns the config that subcommands should being operating against.  It may or may not be merged depending on loading rules
+	GetStartingConfig() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error)
+	// GetDefaultFilename returns the name of the file you should write into (create if necessary), if you're trying to create a new stanza as opposed to updating an existing one.
+	GetDefaultFilename() string
+	// IsExplicitFile indicates whether or not this command is interested in exactly one file.  This implementation only ever does that  via a flag, but implementations that handle local, global, and flags may have more
+	IsExplicitFile() bool
+	// GetExplicitFile returns the particular file this command is operating against.  This implementation only ever has one, but implementations that handle local, global, and flags may have more
+	GetExplicitFile() string
+}
+
+type PathOptions struct {
+	// GlobalFile is the full path to the file to load as the global (final) option
+	GlobalFile string
+	// EnvVar is the env var name that points to the list of kubeconfig files to load
+	EnvVar string
+	// ExplicitFileFlag is the name of the flag to use for prompting for the kubeconfig file
+	ExplicitFileFlag string
+
+	// GlobalFileSubpath is an optional value used for displaying help
+	GlobalFileSubpath string
+
+	LoadingRules *ClientConfigLoadingRules
+}
+
+var (
+	// UseModifyConfigLock ensures that access to kubeconfig file using ModifyConfig method
+	// is being guarded by a lock file.
+	// This variable is intentionaly made public so other consumers of this library
+	// can modify its default behavior, but be caution when disabling it since
+	// this will make your code not threadsafe.
+	UseModifyConfigLock = true
+)
+
+func (o *PathOptions) GetEnvVarFiles() []string {
+	if len(o.EnvVar) == 0 {
+		return []string{}
+	}
+
+	envVarValue := os.Getenv(o.EnvVar)
+	if len(envVarValue) == 0 {
+		return []string{}
+	}
+
+	fileList := filepath.SplitList(envVarValue)
+	// prevent the same path load multiple times
+	return deduplicate(fileList)
+}
+
+func (o *PathOptions) GetLoadingPrecedence() []string {
+	if o.IsExplicitFile() {
+		return []string{o.GetExplicitFile()}
+	}
+
+	if envVarFiles := o.GetEnvVarFiles(); len(envVarFiles) > 0 {
+		return envVarFiles
+	}
+	return []string{o.GlobalFile}
+}
+
+func (o *PathOptions) GetStartingConfig() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	// don't mutate the original
+	loadingRules := *o.LoadingRules
+	loadingRules.Precedence = o.GetLoadingPrecedence()
+
+	clientConfig := NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(&loadingRules, &ConfigOverrides{})
+	rawConfig, err := clientConfig.RawConfig()
+	if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		return clientcmdapi.NewConfig(), nil
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &rawConfig, nil
+}
+
+func (o *PathOptions) GetDefaultFilename() string {
+	if o.IsExplicitFile() {
+		return o.GetExplicitFile()
+	}
+
+	if envVarFiles := o.GetEnvVarFiles(); len(envVarFiles) > 0 {
+		if len(envVarFiles) == 1 {
+			return envVarFiles[0]
+		}
+
+		// if any of the envvar files already exists, return it
+		for _, envVarFile := range envVarFiles {
+			if _, err := os.Stat(envVarFile); err == nil {
+				return envVarFile
+			}
+		}
+
+		// otherwise, return the last one in the list
+		return envVarFiles[len(envVarFiles)-1]
+	}
+
+	return o.GlobalFile
+}
+
+func (o *PathOptions) IsExplicitFile() bool {
+	return len(o.LoadingRules.ExplicitPath) > 0
+}
+
+func (o *PathOptions) GetExplicitFile() string {
+	return o.LoadingRules.ExplicitPath
+}
+
+func NewDefaultPathOptions() *PathOptions {
+	ret := &PathOptions{
+		GlobalFile:       RecommendedHomeFile,
+		EnvVar:           RecommendedConfigPathEnvVar,
+		ExplicitFileFlag: RecommendedConfigPathFlag,
+
+		GlobalFileSubpath: path.Join(RecommendedHomeDir, RecommendedFileName),
+
+		LoadingRules: NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules(),
+	}
+	ret.LoadingRules.DoNotResolvePaths = true
+
+	return ret
+}
+
+// ModifyConfig takes a Config object, iterates through Clusters, AuthInfos, and Contexts, uses the LocationOfOrigin if specified or
+// uses the default destination file to write the results into.  This results in multiple file reads, but it's very easy to follow.
+// Preferences and CurrentContext should always be set in the default destination file.  Since we can't distinguish between empty and missing values
+// (no nil strings), we're forced have separate handling for them.  In the kubeconfig cases, newConfig should have at most one difference,
+// that means that this code will only write into a single file.  If you want to relativizePaths, you must provide a fully qualified path in any
+// modified element.
+func ModifyConfig(configAccess ConfigAccess, newConfig clientcmdapi.Config, relativizePaths bool) error {
+	if UseModifyConfigLock {
+		possibleSources := configAccess.GetLoadingPrecedence()
+		// sort the possible kubeconfig files so we always "lock" in the same order
+		// to avoid deadlock (note: this can fail w/ symlinks, but... come on).
+		sort.Strings(possibleSources)
+		for _, filename := range possibleSources {
+			if err := lockFile(filename); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			defer unlockFile(filename)
+		}
+	}
+
+	startingConfig, err := configAccess.GetStartingConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// We need to find all differences, locate their original files, read a partial config to modify only that stanza and write out the file.
+	// Special case the test for current context and preferences since those always write to the default file.
+	if reflect.DeepEqual(*startingConfig, newConfig) {
+		// nothing to do
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if startingConfig.CurrentContext != newConfig.CurrentContext {
+		if err := writeCurrentContext(configAccess, newConfig.CurrentContext); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	if !reflect.DeepEqual(startingConfig.Preferences, newConfig.Preferences) {
+		if err := writePreferences(configAccess, newConfig.Preferences); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Search every cluster, authInfo, and context.  First from new to old for differences, then from old to new for deletions
+	for key, cluster := range newConfig.Clusters {
+		startingCluster, exists := startingConfig.Clusters[key]
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(cluster, startingCluster) || !exists {
+			destinationFile := cluster.LocationOfOrigin
+			if len(destinationFile) == 0 {
+				destinationFile = configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+			}
+
+			configToWrite, err := getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			t := *cluster
+
+			configToWrite.Clusters[key] = &t
+			configToWrite.Clusters[key].LocationOfOrigin = destinationFile
+			if relativizePaths {
+				if err := RelativizeClusterLocalPaths(configToWrite.Clusters[key]); err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+
+			if err := WriteToFile(*configToWrite, destinationFile); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// seenConfigs stores a map of config source filenames to computed config objects
+	seenConfigs := map[string]*clientcmdapi.Config{}
+
+	for key, context := range newConfig.Contexts {
+		startingContext, exists := startingConfig.Contexts[key]
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(context, startingContext) || !exists {
+			destinationFile := context.LocationOfOrigin
+			if len(destinationFile) == 0 {
+				destinationFile = configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+			}
+
+			// we only obtain a fresh config object from its source file
+			// if we have not seen it already - this prevents us from
+			// reading and writing to the same number of files repeatedly
+			// when multiple / all contexts share the same destination file.
+			configToWrite, seen := seenConfigs[destinationFile]
+			if !seen {
+				var err error
+				configToWrite, err = getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+				if err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+				seenConfigs[destinationFile] = configToWrite
+			}
+
+			configToWrite.Contexts[key] = context
+		}
+	}
+
+	// actually persist config object changes
+	for destinationFile, configToWrite := range seenConfigs {
+		if err := WriteToFile(*configToWrite, destinationFile); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	for key, authInfo := range newConfig.AuthInfos {
+		startingAuthInfo, exists := startingConfig.AuthInfos[key]
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(authInfo, startingAuthInfo) || !exists {
+			destinationFile := authInfo.LocationOfOrigin
+			if len(destinationFile) == 0 {
+				destinationFile = configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+			}
+
+			configToWrite, err := getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			t := *authInfo
+			configToWrite.AuthInfos[key] = &t
+			configToWrite.AuthInfos[key].LocationOfOrigin = destinationFile
+			if relativizePaths {
+				if err := RelativizeAuthInfoLocalPaths(configToWrite.AuthInfos[key]); err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+
+			if err := WriteToFile(*configToWrite, destinationFile); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	for key, cluster := range startingConfig.Clusters {
+		if _, exists := newConfig.Clusters[key]; !exists {
+			destinationFile := cluster.LocationOfOrigin
+			if len(destinationFile) == 0 {
+				destinationFile = configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+			}
+
+			configToWrite, err := getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			delete(configToWrite.Clusters, key)
+
+			if err := WriteToFile(*configToWrite, destinationFile); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	for key, context := range startingConfig.Contexts {
+		if _, exists := newConfig.Contexts[key]; !exists {
+			destinationFile := context.LocationOfOrigin
+			if len(destinationFile) == 0 {
+				destinationFile = configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+			}
+
+			configToWrite, err := getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			delete(configToWrite.Contexts, key)
+
+			if err := WriteToFile(*configToWrite, destinationFile); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	for key, authInfo := range startingConfig.AuthInfos {
+		if _, exists := newConfig.AuthInfos[key]; !exists {
+			destinationFile := authInfo.LocationOfOrigin
+			if len(destinationFile) == 0 {
+				destinationFile = configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+			}
+
+			configToWrite, err := getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			delete(configToWrite.AuthInfos, key)
+
+			if err := WriteToFile(*configToWrite, destinationFile); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func PersisterForUser(configAccess ConfigAccess, user string) restclient.AuthProviderConfigPersister {
+	return &persister{configAccess, user}
+}
+
+type persister struct {
+	configAccess ConfigAccess
+	user         string
+}
+
+func (p *persister) Persist(config map[string]string) error {
+	newConfig, err := p.configAccess.GetStartingConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	authInfo, ok := newConfig.AuthInfos[p.user]
+	if ok && authInfo.AuthProvider != nil {
+		authInfo.AuthProvider.Config = config
+		return ModifyConfig(p.configAccess, *newConfig, false)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// writeCurrentContext takes three possible paths.
+// If newCurrentContext is the same as the startingConfig's current context, then we exit.
+// If newCurrentContext has a value, then that value is written into the default destination file.
+// If newCurrentContext is empty, then we find the config file that is setting the CurrentContext and clear the value from that file
+func writeCurrentContext(configAccess ConfigAccess, newCurrentContext string) error {
+	if startingConfig, err := configAccess.GetStartingConfig(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	} else if startingConfig.CurrentContext == newCurrentContext {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if configAccess.IsExplicitFile() {
+		file := configAccess.GetExplicitFile()
+		currConfig, err := getConfigFromFile(file)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		currConfig.CurrentContext = newCurrentContext
+		if err := WriteToFile(*currConfig, file); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if len(newCurrentContext) > 0 {
+		destinationFile := configAccess.GetDefaultFilename()
+		config, err := getConfigFromFile(destinationFile)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		config.CurrentContext = newCurrentContext
+
+		if err := WriteToFile(*config, destinationFile); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// we're supposed to be clearing the current context.  We need to find the first spot in the chain that is setting it and clear it
+	for _, file := range configAccess.GetLoadingPrecedence() {
+		if _, err := os.Stat(file); err == nil {
+			currConfig, err := getConfigFromFile(file)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			if len(currConfig.CurrentContext) > 0 {
+				currConfig.CurrentContext = newCurrentContext
+				if err := WriteToFile(*currConfig, file); err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+
+				return nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return errors.New("no config found to write context")
+}
+
+func writePreferences(configAccess ConfigAccess, newPrefs clientcmdapi.Preferences) error {
+	if startingConfig, err := configAccess.GetStartingConfig(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	} else if reflect.DeepEqual(startingConfig.Preferences, newPrefs) {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if configAccess.IsExplicitFile() {
+		file := configAccess.GetExplicitFile()
+		currConfig, err := getConfigFromFile(file)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		currConfig.Preferences = newPrefs
+		if err := WriteToFile(*currConfig, file); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	for _, file := range configAccess.GetLoadingPrecedence() {
+		currConfig, err := getConfigFromFile(file)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(currConfig.Preferences, newPrefs) {
+			currConfig.Preferences = newPrefs
+			if err := WriteToFile(*currConfig, file); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return errors.New("no config found to write preferences")
+}
+
+// getConfigFromFile tries to read a kubeconfig file and if it can't, returns an error.  One exception, missing files result in empty configs, not an error.
+func getConfigFromFile(filename string) (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	config, err := LoadFromFile(filename)
+	if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if config == nil {
+		config = clientcmdapi.NewConfig()
+	}
+	return config, nil
+}
+
+// GetConfigFromFileOrDie tries to read a kubeconfig file and if it can't, it calls exit.  One exception, missing files result in empty configs, not an exit
+func GetConfigFromFileOrDie(filename string) *clientcmdapi.Config {
+	config, err := getConfigFromFile(filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		klog.FatalDepth(1, err)
+	}
+
+	return config
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+/*
+Package clientcmd provides one stop shopping for building a working client from a fixed config,
+from a .kubeconfig file, from command line flags, or from any merged combination.
+
+Sample usage from merged .kubeconfig files (local directory, home directory)
+
+	loadingRules := clientcmd.NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules()
+	// if you want to change the loading rules (which files in which order), you can do so here
+
+	configOverrides := &clientcmd.ConfigOverrides{}
+	// if you want to change override values or bind them to flags, there are methods to help you
+
+	kubeConfig := clientcmd.NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(loadingRules, configOverrides)
+	config, err := kubeConfig.ClientConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		// Do something
+	}
+	client, err := metav1.New(config)
+	// ...
+*/
+package clientcmd // import "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd"

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/flag.go

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+// transformingStringValue implements pflag.Value to store string values,
+// allowing transforming them while being set
+type transformingStringValue struct {
+	target      *string
+	transformer func(string) (string, error)
+}
+
+func newTransformingStringValue(val string, target *string, transformer func(string) (string, error)) *transformingStringValue {
+	*target = val
+	return &transformingStringValue{
+		target:      target,
+		transformer: transformer,
+	}
+}
+
+func (t *transformingStringValue) Set(val string) error {
+	val, err := t.transformer(val)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	*t.target = val
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (t *transformingStringValue) Type() string {
+	return "string"
+}
+
+func (t *transformingStringValue) String() string {
+	return string(*t.target)
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/helpers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// ParseTimeout returns a parsed duration from a string
+// A duration string value must be a positive integer, optionally followed by a corresponding time unit (s|m|h).
+func ParseTimeout(duration string) (time.Duration, error) {
+	if i, err := strconv.ParseInt(duration, 10, 64); err == nil && i >= 0 {
+		return (time.Duration(i) * time.Second), nil
+	}
+	if requestTimeout, err := time.ParseDuration(duration); err == nil {
+		return requestTimeout, nil
+	}
+	return 0, fmt.Errorf("Invalid timeout value. Timeout must be a single integer in seconds, or an integer followed by a corresponding time unit (e.g. 1s | 2m | 3h)")
+}
+
+func parseProxyURL(proxyURL string) (*url.URL, error) {
+	u, err := url.Parse(proxyURL)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not parse: %v", proxyURL)
+	}
+
+	switch u.Scheme {
+	case "http", "https", "socks5":
+	default:
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("unsupported scheme %q, must be http, https, or socks5", u.Scheme)
+	}
+	return u, nil
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/loader.go

@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"reflect"
+	goruntime "runtime"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/imdario/mergo"
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema"
+	utilerrors "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/errors"
+	restclient "k8s.io/client-go/rest"
+	clientcmdapi "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+	clientcmdlatest "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api/latest"
+	"k8s.io/client-go/util/homedir"
+)
+
+const (
+	RecommendedConfigPathFlag   = "kubeconfig"
+	RecommendedConfigPathEnvVar = "KUBECONFIG"
+	RecommendedHomeDir          = ".kube"
+	RecommendedFileName         = "config"
+	RecommendedSchemaName       = "schema"
+)
+
+var (
+	RecommendedConfigDir  = filepath.Join(homedir.HomeDir(), RecommendedHomeDir)
+	RecommendedHomeFile   = filepath.Join(RecommendedConfigDir, RecommendedFileName)
+	RecommendedSchemaFile = filepath.Join(RecommendedConfigDir, RecommendedSchemaName)
+)
+
+// currentMigrationRules returns a map that holds the history of recommended home directories used in previous versions.
+// Any future changes to RecommendedHomeFile and related are expected to add a migration rule here, in order to make
+// sure existing config files are migrated to their new locations properly.
+func currentMigrationRules() map[string]string {
+	var oldRecommendedHomeFileName string
+	if goruntime.GOOS == "windows" {
+		oldRecommendedHomeFileName = RecommendedFileName
+	} else {
+		oldRecommendedHomeFileName = ".kubeconfig"
+	}
+	return map[string]string{
+		RecommendedHomeFile: filepath.Join(os.Getenv("HOME"), RecommendedHomeDir, oldRecommendedHomeFileName),
+	}
+}
+
+type ClientConfigLoader interface {
+	ConfigAccess
+	// IsDefaultConfig returns true if the returned config matches the defaults.
+	IsDefaultConfig(*restclient.Config) bool
+	// Load returns the latest config
+	Load() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error)
+}
+
+type KubeconfigGetter func() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error)
+
+type ClientConfigGetter struct {
+	kubeconfigGetter KubeconfigGetter
+}
+
+// ClientConfigGetter implements the ClientConfigLoader interface.
+var _ ClientConfigLoader = &ClientConfigGetter{}
+
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) Load() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	return g.kubeconfigGetter()
+}
+
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) GetLoadingPrecedence() []string {
+	return nil
+}
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) GetStartingConfig() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	return g.kubeconfigGetter()
+}
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) GetDefaultFilename() string {
+	return ""
+}
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) IsExplicitFile() bool {
+	return false
+}
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) GetExplicitFile() string {
+	return ""
+}
+func (g *ClientConfigGetter) IsDefaultConfig(config *restclient.Config) bool {
+	return false
+}
+
+// ClientConfigLoadingRules is an ExplicitPath and string slice of specific locations that are used for merging together a Config
+// Callers can put the chain together however they want, but we'd recommend:
+// EnvVarPathFiles if set (a list of files if set) OR the HomeDirectoryPath
+// ExplicitPath is special, because if a user specifically requests a certain file be used and error is reported if this file is not present
+type ClientConfigLoadingRules struct {
+	ExplicitPath string
+	Precedence   []string
+
+	// MigrationRules is a map of destination files to source files.  If a destination file is not present, then the source file is checked.
+	// If the source file is present, then it is copied to the destination file BEFORE any further loading happens.
+	MigrationRules map[string]string
+
+	// DoNotResolvePaths indicates whether or not to resolve paths with respect to the originating files.  This is phrased as a negative so
+	// that a default object that doesn't set this will usually get the behavior it wants.
+	DoNotResolvePaths bool
+
+	// DefaultClientConfig is an optional field indicating what rules to use to calculate a default configuration.
+	// This should match the overrides passed in to ClientConfig loader.
+	DefaultClientConfig ClientConfig
+
+	// WarnIfAllMissing indicates whether the configuration files pointed by KUBECONFIG environment variable are present or not.
+	// In case of missing files, it warns the user about the missing files.
+	WarnIfAllMissing bool
+}
+
+// ClientConfigLoadingRules implements the ClientConfigLoader interface.
+var _ ClientConfigLoader = &ClientConfigLoadingRules{}
+
+// NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules returns a ClientConfigLoadingRules object with default fields filled in.  You are not required to
+// use this constructor
+func NewDefaultClientConfigLoadingRules() *ClientConfigLoadingRules {
+	chain := []string{}
+	warnIfAllMissing := false
+
+	envVarFiles := os.Getenv(RecommendedConfigPathEnvVar)
+	if len(envVarFiles) != 0 {
+		fileList := filepath.SplitList(envVarFiles)
+		// prevent the same path load multiple times
+		chain = append(chain, deduplicate(fileList)...)
+		warnIfAllMissing = true
+
+	} else {
+		chain = append(chain, RecommendedHomeFile)
+	}
+
+	return &ClientConfigLoadingRules{
+		Precedence:       chain,
+		MigrationRules:   currentMigrationRules(),
+		WarnIfAllMissing: warnIfAllMissing,
+	}
+}
+
+// Load starts by running the MigrationRules and then
+// takes the loading rules and returns a Config object based on following rules.
+//   if the ExplicitPath, return the unmerged explicit file
+//   Otherwise, return a merged config based on the Precedence slice
+// A missing ExplicitPath file produces an error. Empty filenames or other missing files are ignored.
+// Read errors or files with non-deserializable content produce errors.
+// The first file to set a particular map key wins and map key's value is never changed.
+// BUT, if you set a struct value that is NOT contained inside of map, the value WILL be changed.
+// This results in some odd looking logic to merge in one direction, merge in the other, and then merge the two.
+// It also means that if two files specify a "red-user", only values from the first file's red-user are used.  Even
+// non-conflicting entries from the second file's "red-user" are discarded.
+// Relative paths inside of the .kubeconfig files are resolved against the .kubeconfig file's parent folder
+// and only absolute file paths are returned.
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) Load() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	if err := rules.Migrate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	errlist := []error{}
+	missingList := []string{}
+
+	kubeConfigFiles := []string{}
+
+	// Make sure a file we were explicitly told to use exists
+	if len(rules.ExplicitPath) > 0 {
+		if _, err := os.Stat(rules.ExplicitPath); os.IsNotExist(err) {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		kubeConfigFiles = append(kubeConfigFiles, rules.ExplicitPath)
+
+	} else {
+		kubeConfigFiles = append(kubeConfigFiles, rules.Precedence...)
+	}
+
+	kubeconfigs := []*clientcmdapi.Config{}
+	// read and cache the config files so that we only look at them once
+	for _, filename := range kubeConfigFiles {
+		if len(filename) == 0 {
+			// no work to do
+			continue
+		}
+
+		config, err := LoadFromFile(filename)
+
+		if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+			// skip missing files
+			// Add to the missing list to produce a warning
+			missingList = append(missingList, filename)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if err != nil {
+			errlist = append(errlist, fmt.Errorf("error loading config file \"%s\": %v", filename, err))
+			continue
+		}
+
+		kubeconfigs = append(kubeconfigs, config)
+	}
+
+	if rules.WarnIfAllMissing && len(missingList) > 0 && len(kubeconfigs) == 0 {
+		klog.Warningf("Config not found: %s", strings.Join(missingList, ", "))
+	}
+
+	// first merge all of our maps
+	mapConfig := clientcmdapi.NewConfig()
+
+	for _, kubeconfig := range kubeconfigs {
+		mergo.Merge(mapConfig, kubeconfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+
+	// merge all of the struct values in the reverse order so that priority is given correctly
+	// errors are not added to the list the second time
+	nonMapConfig := clientcmdapi.NewConfig()
+	for i := len(kubeconfigs) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+		kubeconfig := kubeconfigs[i]
+		mergo.Merge(nonMapConfig, kubeconfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+	}
+
+	// since values are overwritten, but maps values are not, we can merge the non-map config on top of the map config and
+	// get the values we expect.
+	config := clientcmdapi.NewConfig()
+	mergo.Merge(config, mapConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+	mergo.Merge(config, nonMapConfig, mergo.WithOverride)
+
+	if rules.ResolvePaths() {
+		if err := ResolveLocalPaths(config); err != nil {
+			errlist = append(errlist, err)
+		}
+	}
+	return config, utilerrors.NewAggregate(errlist)
+}
+
+// Migrate uses the MigrationRules map.  If a destination file is not present, then the source file is checked.
+// If the source file is present, then it is copied to the destination file BEFORE any further loading happens.
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) Migrate() error {
+	if rules.MigrationRules == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	for destination, source := range rules.MigrationRules {
+		if _, err := os.Stat(destination); err == nil {
+			// if the destination already exists, do nothing
+			continue
+		} else if os.IsPermission(err) {
+			// if we can't access the file, skip it
+			continue
+		} else if !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+			// if we had an error other than non-existence, fail
+			return err
+		}
+
+		if sourceInfo, err := os.Stat(source); err != nil {
+			if os.IsNotExist(err) || os.IsPermission(err) {
+				// if the source file doesn't exist or we can't access it, there's no work to do.
+				continue
+			}
+
+			// if we had an error other than non-existence, fail
+			return err
+		} else if sourceInfo.IsDir() {
+			return fmt.Errorf("cannot migrate %v to %v because it is a directory", source, destination)
+		}
+
+		data, err := ioutil.ReadFile(source)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		// destination is created with mode 0666 before umask
+		err = ioutil.WriteFile(destination, data, 0666)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetLoadingPrecedence implements ConfigAccess
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) GetLoadingPrecedence() []string {
+	if len(rules.ExplicitPath) > 0 {
+		return []string{rules.ExplicitPath}
+	}
+
+	return rules.Precedence
+}
+
+// GetStartingConfig implements ConfigAccess
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) GetStartingConfig() (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	clientConfig := NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(rules, &ConfigOverrides{})
+	rawConfig, err := clientConfig.RawConfig()
+	if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		return clientcmdapi.NewConfig(), nil
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &rawConfig, nil
+}
+
+// GetDefaultFilename implements ConfigAccess
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) GetDefaultFilename() string {
+	// Explicit file if we have one.
+	if rules.IsExplicitFile() {
+		return rules.GetExplicitFile()
+	}
+	// Otherwise, first existing file from precedence.
+	for _, filename := range rules.GetLoadingPrecedence() {
+		if _, err := os.Stat(filename); err == nil {
+			return filename
+		}
+	}
+	// If none exists, use the first from precedence.
+	if len(rules.Precedence) > 0 {
+		return rules.Precedence[0]
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// IsExplicitFile implements ConfigAccess
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) IsExplicitFile() bool {
+	return len(rules.ExplicitPath) > 0
+}
+
+// GetExplicitFile implements ConfigAccess
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) GetExplicitFile() string {
+	return rules.ExplicitPath
+}
+
+// IsDefaultConfig returns true if the provided configuration matches the default
+func (rules *ClientConfigLoadingRules) IsDefaultConfig(config *restclient.Config) bool {
+	if rules.DefaultClientConfig == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	defaultConfig, err := rules.DefaultClientConfig.ClientConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	return reflect.DeepEqual(config, defaultConfig)
+}
+
+// LoadFromFile takes a filename and deserializes the contents into Config object
+func LoadFromFile(filename string) (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	kubeconfigBytes, err := ioutil.ReadFile(filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	config, err := Load(kubeconfigBytes)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	klog.V(6).Infoln("Config loaded from file: ", filename)
+
+	// set LocationOfOrigin on every Cluster, User, and Context
+	for key, obj := range config.AuthInfos {
+		obj.LocationOfOrigin = filename
+		config.AuthInfos[key] = obj
+	}
+	for key, obj := range config.Clusters {
+		obj.LocationOfOrigin = filename
+		config.Clusters[key] = obj
+	}
+	for key, obj := range config.Contexts {
+		obj.LocationOfOrigin = filename
+		config.Contexts[key] = obj
+	}
+
+	if config.AuthInfos == nil {
+		config.AuthInfos = map[string]*clientcmdapi.AuthInfo{}
+	}
+	if config.Clusters == nil {
+		config.Clusters = map[string]*clientcmdapi.Cluster{}
+	}
+	if config.Contexts == nil {
+		config.Contexts = map[string]*clientcmdapi.Context{}
+	}
+
+	return config, nil
+}
+
+// Load takes a byte slice and deserializes the contents into Config object.
+// Encapsulates deserialization without assuming the source is a file.
+func Load(data []byte) (*clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	config := clientcmdapi.NewConfig()
+	// if there's no data in a file, return the default object instead of failing (DecodeInto reject empty input)
+	if len(data) == 0 {
+		return config, nil
+	}
+	decoded, _, err := clientcmdlatest.Codec.Decode(data, &schema.GroupVersionKind{Version: clientcmdlatest.Version, Kind: "Config"}, config)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return decoded.(*clientcmdapi.Config), nil
+}
+
+// WriteToFile serializes the config to yaml and writes it out to a file.  If not present, it creates the file with the mode 0600.  If it is present
+// it stomps the contents
+func WriteToFile(config clientcmdapi.Config, filename string) error {
+	content, err := Write(config)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	dir := filepath.Dir(filename)
+	if _, err := os.Stat(dir); os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		if err = os.MkdirAll(dir, 0755); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	if err := ioutil.WriteFile(filename, content, 0600); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func lockFile(filename string) error {
+	// TODO: find a way to do this with actual file locks. Will
+	// probably need separate solution for windows and Linux.
+
+	// Make sure the dir exists before we try to create a lock file.
+	dir := filepath.Dir(filename)
+	if _, err := os.Stat(dir); os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		if err = os.MkdirAll(dir, 0755); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	f, err := os.OpenFile(lockName(filename), os.O_CREATE|os.O_EXCL, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	f.Close()
+	return nil
+}
+
+func unlockFile(filename string) error {
+	return os.Remove(lockName(filename))
+}
+
+func lockName(filename string) string {
+	return filename + ".lock"
+}
+
+// Write serializes the config to yaml.
+// Encapsulates serialization without assuming the destination is a file.
+func Write(config clientcmdapi.Config) ([]byte, error) {
+	return runtime.Encode(clientcmdlatest.Codec, &config)
+}
+
+func (rules ClientConfigLoadingRules) ResolvePaths() bool {
+	return !rules.DoNotResolvePaths
+}
+
+// ResolveLocalPaths resolves all relative paths in the config object with respect to the stanza's LocationOfOrigin
+// this cannot be done directly inside of LoadFromFile because doing so there would make it impossible to load a file without
+// modification of its contents.
+func ResolveLocalPaths(config *clientcmdapi.Config) error {
+	for _, cluster := range config.Clusters {
+		if len(cluster.LocationOfOrigin) == 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+		base, err := filepath.Abs(filepath.Dir(cluster.LocationOfOrigin))
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("could not determine the absolute path of config file %s: %v", cluster.LocationOfOrigin, err)
+		}
+
+		if err := ResolvePaths(GetClusterFileReferences(cluster), base); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	for _, authInfo := range config.AuthInfos {
+		if len(authInfo.LocationOfOrigin) == 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+		base, err := filepath.Abs(filepath.Dir(authInfo.LocationOfOrigin))
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("could not determine the absolute path of config file %s: %v", authInfo.LocationOfOrigin, err)
+		}
+
+		if err := ResolvePaths(GetAuthInfoFileReferences(authInfo), base); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RelativizeClusterLocalPaths first absolutizes the paths by calling ResolveLocalPaths.  This assumes that any NEW path is already
+// absolute, but any existing path will be resolved relative to LocationOfOrigin
+func RelativizeClusterLocalPaths(cluster *clientcmdapi.Cluster) error {
+	if len(cluster.LocationOfOrigin) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no location of origin for %s", cluster.Server)
+	}
+	base, err := filepath.Abs(filepath.Dir(cluster.LocationOfOrigin))
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("could not determine the absolute path of config file %s: %v", cluster.LocationOfOrigin, err)
+	}
+
+	if err := ResolvePaths(GetClusterFileReferences(cluster), base); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := RelativizePathWithNoBacksteps(GetClusterFileReferences(cluster), base); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RelativizeAuthInfoLocalPaths first absolutizes the paths by calling ResolveLocalPaths.  This assumes that any NEW path is already
+// absolute, but any existing path will be resolved relative to LocationOfOrigin
+func RelativizeAuthInfoLocalPaths(authInfo *clientcmdapi.AuthInfo) error {
+	if len(authInfo.LocationOfOrigin) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no location of origin for %v", authInfo)
+	}
+	base, err := filepath.Abs(filepath.Dir(authInfo.LocationOfOrigin))
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("could not determine the absolute path of config file %s: %v", authInfo.LocationOfOrigin, err)
+	}
+
+	if err := ResolvePaths(GetAuthInfoFileReferences(authInfo), base); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := RelativizePathWithNoBacksteps(GetAuthInfoFileReferences(authInfo), base); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func RelativizeConfigPaths(config *clientcmdapi.Config, base string) error {
+	return RelativizePathWithNoBacksteps(GetConfigFileReferences(config), base)
+}
+
+func ResolveConfigPaths(config *clientcmdapi.Config, base string) error {
+	return ResolvePaths(GetConfigFileReferences(config), base)
+}
+
+func GetConfigFileReferences(config *clientcmdapi.Config) []*string {
+	refs := []*string{}
+
+	for _, cluster := range config.Clusters {
+		refs = append(refs, GetClusterFileReferences(cluster)...)
+	}
+	for _, authInfo := range config.AuthInfos {
+		refs = append(refs, GetAuthInfoFileReferences(authInfo)...)
+	}
+
+	return refs
+}
+
+func GetClusterFileReferences(cluster *clientcmdapi.Cluster) []*string {
+	return []*string{&cluster.CertificateAuthority}
+}
+
+func GetAuthInfoFileReferences(authInfo *clientcmdapi.AuthInfo) []*string {
+	s := []*string{&authInfo.ClientCertificate, &authInfo.ClientKey, &authInfo.TokenFile}
+	// Only resolve exec command if it isn't PATH based.
+	if authInfo.Exec != nil && strings.ContainsRune(authInfo.Exec.Command, filepath.Separator) {
+		s = append(s, &authInfo.Exec.Command)
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// ResolvePaths updates the given refs to be absolute paths, relative to the given base directory
+func ResolvePaths(refs []*string, base string) error {
+	for _, ref := range refs {
+		// Don't resolve empty paths
+		if len(*ref) > 0 {
+			// Don't resolve absolute paths
+			if !filepath.IsAbs(*ref) {
+				*ref = filepath.Join(base, *ref)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RelativizePathWithNoBacksteps updates the given refs to be relative paths, relative to the given base directory as long as they do not require backsteps.
+// Any path requiring a backstep is left as-is as long it is absolute.  Any non-absolute path that can't be relativized produces an error
+func RelativizePathWithNoBacksteps(refs []*string, base string) error {
+	for _, ref := range refs {
+		// Don't relativize empty paths
+		if len(*ref) > 0 {
+			rel, err := MakeRelative(*ref, base)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			// if we have a backstep, don't mess with the path
+			if strings.HasPrefix(rel, "../") {
+				if filepath.IsAbs(*ref) {
+					continue
+				}
+
+				return fmt.Errorf("%v requires backsteps and is not absolute", *ref)
+			}
+
+			*ref = rel
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func MakeRelative(path, base string) (string, error) {
+	if len(path) > 0 {
+		rel, err := filepath.Rel(base, path)
+		if err != nil {
+			return path, err
+		}
+		return rel, nil
+	}
+	return path, nil
+}
+
+// deduplicate removes any duplicated values and returns a new slice, keeping the order unchanged
+func deduplicate(s []string) []string {
+	encountered := map[string]bool{}
+	ret := make([]string, 0)
+	for i := range s {
+		if encountered[s[i]] {
+			continue
+		}
+		encountered[s[i]] = true
+		ret = append(ret, s[i])
+	}
+	return ret
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/merged_client_builder.go

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"io"
+	"sync"
+
+	"k8s.io/klog/v2"
+
+	restclient "k8s.io/client-go/rest"
+	clientcmdapi "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+)
+
+// DeferredLoadingClientConfig is a ClientConfig interface that is backed by a client config loader.
+// It is used in cases where the loading rules may change after you've instantiated them and you want to be sure that
+// the most recent rules are used.  This is useful in cases where you bind flags to loading rule parameters before
+// the parse happens and you want your calling code to be ignorant of how the values are being mutated to avoid
+// passing extraneous information down a call stack
+type DeferredLoadingClientConfig struct {
+	loader         ClientConfigLoader
+	overrides      *ConfigOverrides
+	fallbackReader io.Reader
+
+	clientConfig ClientConfig
+	loadingLock  sync.Mutex
+
+	// provided for testing
+	icc InClusterConfig
+}
+
+// InClusterConfig abstracts details of whether the client is running in a cluster for testing.
+type InClusterConfig interface {
+	ClientConfig
+	Possible() bool
+}
+
+// NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig creates a ConfigClientClientConfig using the passed context name
+func NewNonInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(loader ClientConfigLoader, overrides *ConfigOverrides) ClientConfig {
+	return &DeferredLoadingClientConfig{loader: loader, overrides: overrides, icc: &inClusterClientConfig{overrides: overrides}}
+}
+
+// NewInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig creates a ConfigClientClientConfig using the passed context name and the fallback auth reader
+func NewInteractiveDeferredLoadingClientConfig(loader ClientConfigLoader, overrides *ConfigOverrides, fallbackReader io.Reader) ClientConfig {
+	return &DeferredLoadingClientConfig{loader: loader, overrides: overrides, icc: &inClusterClientConfig{overrides: overrides}, fallbackReader: fallbackReader}
+}
+
+func (config *DeferredLoadingClientConfig) createClientConfig() (ClientConfig, error) {
+	config.loadingLock.Lock()
+	defer config.loadingLock.Unlock()
+
+	if config.clientConfig != nil {
+		return config.clientConfig, nil
+	}
+	mergedConfig, err := config.loader.Load()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var currentContext string
+	if config.overrides != nil {
+		currentContext = config.overrides.CurrentContext
+	}
+	if config.fallbackReader != nil {
+		config.clientConfig = NewInteractiveClientConfig(*mergedConfig, currentContext, config.overrides, config.fallbackReader, config.loader)
+	} else {
+		config.clientConfig = NewNonInteractiveClientConfig(*mergedConfig, currentContext, config.overrides, config.loader)
+	}
+	return config.clientConfig, nil
+}
+
+func (config *DeferredLoadingClientConfig) RawConfig() (clientcmdapi.Config, error) {
+	mergedConfig, err := config.createClientConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		return clientcmdapi.Config{}, err
+	}
+
+	return mergedConfig.RawConfig()
+}
+
+// ClientConfig implements ClientConfig
+func (config *DeferredLoadingClientConfig) ClientConfig() (*restclient.Config, error) {
+	mergedClientConfig, err := config.createClientConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// load the configuration and return on non-empty errors and if the
+	// content differs from the default config
+	mergedConfig, err := mergedClientConfig.ClientConfig()
+	switch {
+	case err != nil:
+		if !IsEmptyConfig(err) {
+			// return on any error except empty config
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	case mergedConfig != nil:
+		// the configuration is valid, but if this is equal to the defaults we should try
+		// in-cluster configuration
+		if !config.loader.IsDefaultConfig(mergedConfig) {
+			return mergedConfig, nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	// check for in-cluster configuration and use it
+	if config.icc.Possible() {
+		klog.V(4).Infof("Using in-cluster configuration")
+		return config.icc.ClientConfig()
+	}
+
+	// return the result of the merged client config
+	return mergedConfig, err
+}
+
+// Namespace implements KubeConfig
+func (config *DeferredLoadingClientConfig) Namespace() (string, bool, error) {
+	mergedKubeConfig, err := config.createClientConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", false, err
+	}
+
+	ns, overridden, err := mergedKubeConfig.Namespace()
+	// if we get an error and it is not empty config, or if the merged config defined an explicit namespace, or
+	// if in-cluster config is not possible, return immediately
+	if (err != nil && !IsEmptyConfig(err)) || overridden || !config.icc.Possible() {
+		// return on any error except empty config
+		return ns, overridden, err
+	}
+
+	if len(ns) > 0 {
+		// if we got a non-default namespace from the kubeconfig, use it
+		if ns != "default" {
+			return ns, false, nil
+		}
+
+		// if we got a default namespace, determine whether it was explicit or implicit
+		if raw, err := mergedKubeConfig.RawConfig(); err == nil {
+			// determine the current context
+			currentContext := raw.CurrentContext
+			if config.overrides != nil && len(config.overrides.CurrentContext) > 0 {
+				currentContext = config.overrides.CurrentContext
+			}
+			if context := raw.Contexts[currentContext]; context != nil && len(context.Namespace) > 0 {
+				return ns, false, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	klog.V(4).Infof("Using in-cluster namespace")
+
+	// allow the namespace from the service account token directory to be used.
+	return config.icc.Namespace()
+}
+
+// ConfigAccess implements ClientConfig
+func (config *DeferredLoadingClientConfig) ConfigAccess() ConfigAccess {
+	return config.loader
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/overrides.go

@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/spf13/pflag"
+
+	clientcmdapi "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+)
+
+// ConfigOverrides holds values that should override whatever information is pulled from the actual Config object.  You can't
+// simply use an actual Config object, because Configs hold maps, but overrides are restricted to "at most one"
+type ConfigOverrides struct {
+	AuthInfo clientcmdapi.AuthInfo
+	// ClusterDefaults are applied before the configured cluster info is loaded.
+	ClusterDefaults clientcmdapi.Cluster
+	ClusterInfo     clientcmdapi.Cluster
+	Context         clientcmdapi.Context
+	CurrentContext  string
+	Timeout         string
+}
+
+// ConfigOverrideFlags holds the flag names to be used for binding command line flags. Notice that this structure tightly
+// corresponds to ConfigOverrides
+type ConfigOverrideFlags struct {
+	AuthOverrideFlags    AuthOverrideFlags
+	ClusterOverrideFlags ClusterOverrideFlags
+	ContextOverrideFlags ContextOverrideFlags
+	CurrentContext       FlagInfo
+	Timeout              FlagInfo
+}
+
+// AuthOverrideFlags holds the flag names to be used for binding command line flags for AuthInfo objects
+type AuthOverrideFlags struct {
+	ClientCertificate FlagInfo
+	ClientKey         FlagInfo
+	Token             FlagInfo
+	Impersonate       FlagInfo
+	ImpersonateUID    FlagInfo
+	ImpersonateGroups FlagInfo
+	Username          FlagInfo
+	Password          FlagInfo
+}
+
+// ContextOverrideFlags holds the flag names to be used for binding command line flags for Cluster objects
+type ContextOverrideFlags struct {
+	ClusterName  FlagInfo
+	AuthInfoName FlagInfo
+	Namespace    FlagInfo
+}
+
+// ClusterOverride holds the flag names to be used for binding command line flags for Cluster objects
+type ClusterOverrideFlags struct {
+	APIServer             FlagInfo
+	APIVersion            FlagInfo
+	CertificateAuthority  FlagInfo
+	InsecureSkipTLSVerify FlagInfo
+	TLSServerName         FlagInfo
+	ProxyURL              FlagInfo
+}
+
+// FlagInfo contains information about how to register a flag.  This struct is useful if you want to provide a way for an extender to
+// get back a set of recommended flag names, descriptions, and defaults, but allow for customization by an extender.  This makes for
+// coherent extension, without full prescription
+type FlagInfo struct {
+	// LongName is the long string for a flag.  If this is empty, then the flag will not be bound
+	LongName string
+	// ShortName is the single character for a flag.  If this is empty, then there will be no short flag
+	ShortName string
+	// Default is the default value for the flag
+	Default string
+	// Description is the description for the flag
+	Description string
+}
+
+// AddSecretAnnotation add secret flag to Annotation.
+func (f FlagInfo) AddSecretAnnotation(flags *pflag.FlagSet) FlagInfo {
+	flags.SetAnnotation(f.LongName, "classified", []string{"true"})
+	return f
+}
+
+// BindStringFlag binds the flag based on the provided info.  If LongName == "", nothing is registered
+func (f FlagInfo) BindStringFlag(flags *pflag.FlagSet, target *string) FlagInfo {
+	// you can't register a flag without a long name
+	if len(f.LongName) > 0 {
+		flags.StringVarP(target, f.LongName, f.ShortName, f.Default, f.Description)
+	}
+	return f
+}
+
+// BindTransformingStringFlag binds the flag based on the provided info.  If LongName == "", nothing is registered
+func (f FlagInfo) BindTransformingStringFlag(flags *pflag.FlagSet, target *string, transformer func(string) (string, error)) FlagInfo {
+	// you can't register a flag without a long name
+	if len(f.LongName) > 0 {
+		flags.VarP(newTransformingStringValue(f.Default, target, transformer), f.LongName, f.ShortName, f.Description)
+	}
+	return f
+}
+
+// BindStringSliceFlag binds the flag based on the provided info.  If LongName == "", nothing is registered
+func (f FlagInfo) BindStringArrayFlag(flags *pflag.FlagSet, target *[]string) FlagInfo {
+	// you can't register a flag without a long name
+	if len(f.LongName) > 0 {
+		sliceVal := []string{}
+		if len(f.Default) > 0 {
+			sliceVal = []string{f.Default}
+		}
+		flags.StringArrayVarP(target, f.LongName, f.ShortName, sliceVal, f.Description)
+	}
+	return f
+}
+
+// BindBoolFlag binds the flag based on the provided info.  If LongName == "", nothing is registered
+func (f FlagInfo) BindBoolFlag(flags *pflag.FlagSet, target *bool) FlagInfo {
+	// you can't register a flag without a long name
+	if len(f.LongName) > 0 {
+		// try to parse Default as a bool.  If it fails, assume false
+		boolVal, err := strconv.ParseBool(f.Default)
+		if err != nil {
+			boolVal = false
+		}
+
+		flags.BoolVarP(target, f.LongName, f.ShortName, boolVal, f.Description)
+	}
+	return f
+}
+
+const (
+	FlagClusterName      = "cluster"
+	FlagAuthInfoName     = "user"
+	FlagContext          = "context"
+	FlagNamespace        = "namespace"
+	FlagAPIServer        = "server"
+	FlagTLSServerName    = "tls-server-name"
+	FlagInsecure         = "insecure-skip-tls-verify"
+	FlagCertFile         = "client-certificate"
+	FlagKeyFile          = "client-key"
+	FlagCAFile           = "certificate-authority"
+	FlagEmbedCerts       = "embed-certs"
+	FlagBearerToken      = "token"
+	FlagImpersonate      = "as"
+	FlagImpersonateUID   = "as-uid"
+	FlagImpersonateGroup = "as-group"
+	FlagUsername         = "username"
+	FlagPassword         = "password"
+	FlagTimeout          = "request-timeout"
+	FlagProxyURL         = "proxy-url"
+)
+
+// RecommendedConfigOverrideFlags is a convenience method to return recommended flag names prefixed with a string of your choosing
+func RecommendedConfigOverrideFlags(prefix string) ConfigOverrideFlags {
+	return ConfigOverrideFlags{
+		AuthOverrideFlags:    RecommendedAuthOverrideFlags(prefix),
+		ClusterOverrideFlags: RecommendedClusterOverrideFlags(prefix),
+		ContextOverrideFlags: RecommendedContextOverrideFlags(prefix),
+
+		CurrentContext: FlagInfo{prefix + FlagContext, "", "", "The name of the kubeconfig context to use"},
+		Timeout:        FlagInfo{prefix + FlagTimeout, "", "0", "The length of time to wait before giving up on a single server request. Non-zero values should contain a corresponding time unit (e.g. 1s, 2m, 3h). A value of zero means don't timeout requests."},
+	}
+}
+
+// RecommendedAuthOverrideFlags is a convenience method to return recommended flag names prefixed with a string of your choosing
+func RecommendedAuthOverrideFlags(prefix string) AuthOverrideFlags {
+	return AuthOverrideFlags{
+		ClientCertificate: FlagInfo{prefix + FlagCertFile, "", "", "Path to a client certificate file for TLS"},
+		ClientKey:         FlagInfo{prefix + FlagKeyFile, "", "", "Path to a client key file for TLS"},
+		Token:             FlagInfo{prefix + FlagBearerToken, "", "", "Bearer token for authentication to the API server"},
+		Impersonate:       FlagInfo{prefix + FlagImpersonate, "", "", "Username to impersonate for the operation"},
+		ImpersonateUID:    FlagInfo{prefix + FlagImpersonateUID, "", "", "UID to impersonate for the operation"},
+		ImpersonateGroups: FlagInfo{prefix + FlagImpersonateGroup, "", "", "Group to impersonate for the operation, this flag can be repeated to specify multiple groups."},
+		Username:          FlagInfo{prefix + FlagUsername, "", "", "Username for basic authentication to the API server"},
+		Password:          FlagInfo{prefix + FlagPassword, "", "", "Password for basic authentication to the API server"},
+	}
+}
+
+// RecommendedClusterOverrideFlags is a convenience method to return recommended flag names prefixed with a string of your choosing
+func RecommendedClusterOverrideFlags(prefix string) ClusterOverrideFlags {
+	return ClusterOverrideFlags{
+		APIServer:             FlagInfo{prefix + FlagAPIServer, "", "", "The address and port of the Kubernetes API server"},
+		CertificateAuthority:  FlagInfo{prefix + FlagCAFile, "", "", "Path to a cert file for the certificate authority"},
+		InsecureSkipTLSVerify: FlagInfo{prefix + FlagInsecure, "", "false", "If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure"},
+		TLSServerName:         FlagInfo{prefix + FlagTLSServerName, "", "", "If provided, this name will be used to validate server certificate. If this is not provided, hostname used to contact the server is used."},
+		ProxyURL:              FlagInfo{prefix + FlagProxyURL, "", "", "If provided, this URL will be used to connect via proxy"},
+	}
+}
+
+// RecommendedContextOverrideFlags is a convenience method to return recommended flag names prefixed with a string of your choosing
+func RecommendedContextOverrideFlags(prefix string) ContextOverrideFlags {
+	return ContextOverrideFlags{
+		ClusterName:  FlagInfo{prefix + FlagClusterName, "", "", "The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use"},
+		AuthInfoName: FlagInfo{prefix + FlagAuthInfoName, "", "", "The name of the kubeconfig user to use"},
+		Namespace:    FlagInfo{prefix + FlagNamespace, "n", "", "If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request"},
+	}
+}
+
+// BindOverrideFlags is a convenience method to bind the specified flags to their associated variables
+func BindOverrideFlags(overrides *ConfigOverrides, flags *pflag.FlagSet, flagNames ConfigOverrideFlags) {
+	BindAuthInfoFlags(&overrides.AuthInfo, flags, flagNames.AuthOverrideFlags)
+	BindClusterFlags(&overrides.ClusterInfo, flags, flagNames.ClusterOverrideFlags)
+	BindContextFlags(&overrides.Context, flags, flagNames.ContextOverrideFlags)
+	flagNames.CurrentContext.BindStringFlag(flags, &overrides.CurrentContext)
+	flagNames.Timeout.BindStringFlag(flags, &overrides.Timeout)
+}
+
+// BindAuthInfoFlags is a convenience method to bind the specified flags to their associated variables
+func BindAuthInfoFlags(authInfo *clientcmdapi.AuthInfo, flags *pflag.FlagSet, flagNames AuthOverrideFlags) {
+	flagNames.ClientCertificate.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.ClientCertificate).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.ClientKey.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.ClientKey).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.Token.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.Token).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.Impersonate.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.Impersonate).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.ImpersonateUID.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.ImpersonateUID).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.ImpersonateGroups.BindStringArrayFlag(flags, &authInfo.ImpersonateGroups).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.Username.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.Username).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+	flagNames.Password.BindStringFlag(flags, &authInfo.Password).AddSecretAnnotation(flags)
+}
+
+// BindClusterFlags is a convenience method to bind the specified flags to their associated variables
+func BindClusterFlags(clusterInfo *clientcmdapi.Cluster, flags *pflag.FlagSet, flagNames ClusterOverrideFlags) {
+	flagNames.APIServer.BindStringFlag(flags, &clusterInfo.Server)
+	flagNames.CertificateAuthority.BindStringFlag(flags, &clusterInfo.CertificateAuthority)
+	flagNames.InsecureSkipTLSVerify.BindBoolFlag(flags, &clusterInfo.InsecureSkipTLSVerify)
+	flagNames.TLSServerName.BindStringFlag(flags, &clusterInfo.TLSServerName)
+	flagNames.ProxyURL.BindStringFlag(flags, &clusterInfo.ProxyURL)
+}
+
+// BindFlags is a convenience method to bind the specified flags to their associated variables
+func BindContextFlags(contextInfo *clientcmdapi.Context, flags *pflag.FlagSet, flagNames ContextOverrideFlags) {
+	flagNames.ClusterName.BindStringFlag(flags, &contextInfo.Cluster)
+	flagNames.AuthInfoName.BindStringFlag(flags, &contextInfo.AuthInfo)
+	flagNames.Namespace.BindTransformingStringFlag(flags, &contextInfo.Namespace, RemoveNamespacesPrefix)
+}
+
+// RemoveNamespacesPrefix is a transformer that strips "ns/", "namespace/" and "namespaces/" prefixes case-insensitively
+func RemoveNamespacesPrefix(value string) (string, error) {
+	for _, prefix := range []string{"namespaces/", "namespace/", "ns/"} {
+		if len(value) > len(prefix) && strings.EqualFold(value[0:len(prefix)], prefix) {
+			value = value[len(prefix):]
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	return value, nil
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/validation.go

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package clientcmd
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"reflect"
+	"strings"
+
+	utilerrors "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/errors"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/validation"
+	clientcmdapi "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd/api"
+)
+
+var (
+	ErrNoContext   = errors.New("no context chosen")
+	ErrEmptyConfig = NewEmptyConfigError("no configuration has been provided, try setting KUBERNETES_MASTER environment variable")
+	// message is for consistency with old behavior
+	ErrEmptyCluster = errors.New("cluster has no server defined")
+)
+
+// NewEmptyConfigError returns an error wrapping the given message which IsEmptyConfig() will recognize as an empty config error
+func NewEmptyConfigError(message string) error {
+	return &errEmptyConfig{message}
+}
+
+type errEmptyConfig struct {
+	message string
+}
+
+func (e *errEmptyConfig) Error() string {
+	return e.message
+}
+
+type errContextNotFound struct {
+	ContextName string
+}
+
+func (e *errContextNotFound) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("context was not found for specified context: %v", e.ContextName)
+}
+
+// IsContextNotFound returns a boolean indicating whether the error is known to
+// report that a context was not found
+func IsContextNotFound(err error) bool {
+	if err == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	if _, ok := err.(*errContextNotFound); ok || err == ErrNoContext {
+		return true
+	}
+	return strings.Contains(err.Error(), "context was not found for specified context")
+}
+
+// IsEmptyConfig returns true if the provided error indicates the provided configuration
+// is empty.
+func IsEmptyConfig(err error) bool {
+	switch t := err.(type) {
+	case errConfigurationInvalid:
+		if len(t) != 1 {
+			return false
+		}
+		_, ok := t[0].(*errEmptyConfig)
+		return ok
+	}
+	_, ok := err.(*errEmptyConfig)
+	return ok
+}
+
+// errConfigurationInvalid is a set of errors indicating the configuration is invalid.
+type errConfigurationInvalid []error
+
+// errConfigurationInvalid implements error and Aggregate
+var _ error = errConfigurationInvalid{}
+var _ utilerrors.Aggregate = errConfigurationInvalid{}
+
+func newErrConfigurationInvalid(errs []error) error {
+	switch len(errs) {
+	case 0:
+		return nil
+	default:
+		return errConfigurationInvalid(errs)
+	}
+}
+
+// Error implements the error interface
+func (e errConfigurationInvalid) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("invalid configuration: %v", utilerrors.NewAggregate(e).Error())
+}
+
+// Errors implements the utilerrors.Aggregate interface
+func (e errConfigurationInvalid) Errors() []error {
+	return e
+}
+
+// Is implements the utilerrors.Aggregate interface
+func (e errConfigurationInvalid) Is(target error) bool {
+	return e.visit(func(err error) bool {
+		return errors.Is(err, target)
+	})
+}
+
+func (e errConfigurationInvalid) visit(f func(err error) bool) bool {
+	for _, err := range e {
+		switch err := err.(type) {
+		case errConfigurationInvalid:
+			if match := err.visit(f); match {
+				return match
+			}
+		case utilerrors.Aggregate:
+			for _, nestedErr := range err.Errors() {
+				if match := f(nestedErr); match {
+					return match
+				}
+			}
+		default:
+			if match := f(err); match {
+				return match
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}
+
+// IsConfigurationInvalid returns true if the provided error indicates the configuration is invalid.
+func IsConfigurationInvalid(err error) bool {
+	switch err.(type) {
+	case *errContextNotFound, errConfigurationInvalid:
+		return true
+	}
+	return IsContextNotFound(err)
+}
+
+// Validate checks for errors in the Config.  It does not return early so that it can find as many errors as possible.
+func Validate(config clientcmdapi.Config) error {
+	validationErrors := make([]error, 0)
+
+	if clientcmdapi.IsConfigEmpty(&config) {
+		return newErrConfigurationInvalid([]error{ErrEmptyConfig})
+	}
+
+	if len(config.CurrentContext) != 0 {
+		if _, exists := config.Contexts[config.CurrentContext]; !exists {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, &errContextNotFound{config.CurrentContext})
+		}
+	}
+
+	for contextName, context := range config.Contexts {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateContext(contextName, *context, config)...)
+	}
+
+	for authInfoName, authInfo := range config.AuthInfos {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateAuthInfo(authInfoName, *authInfo)...)
+	}
+
+	for clusterName, clusterInfo := range config.Clusters {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateClusterInfo(clusterName, *clusterInfo)...)
+	}
+
+	return newErrConfigurationInvalid(validationErrors)
+}
+
+// ConfirmUsable looks a particular context and determines if that particular part of the config is useable.  There might still be errors in the config,
+// but no errors in the sections requested or referenced.  It does not return early so that it can find as many errors as possible.
+func ConfirmUsable(config clientcmdapi.Config, passedContextName string) error {
+	validationErrors := make([]error, 0)
+
+	if clientcmdapi.IsConfigEmpty(&config) {
+		return newErrConfigurationInvalid([]error{ErrEmptyConfig})
+	}
+
+	var contextName string
+	if len(passedContextName) != 0 {
+		contextName = passedContextName
+	} else {
+		contextName = config.CurrentContext
+	}
+
+	if len(contextName) == 0 {
+		return ErrNoContext
+	}
+
+	context, exists := config.Contexts[contextName]
+	if !exists {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, &errContextNotFound{contextName})
+	}
+
+	if exists {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateContext(contextName, *context, config)...)
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateAuthInfo(context.AuthInfo, *config.AuthInfos[context.AuthInfo])...)
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, validateClusterInfo(context.Cluster, *config.Clusters[context.Cluster])...)
+	}
+
+	return newErrConfigurationInvalid(validationErrors)
+}
+
+// validateClusterInfo looks for conflicts and errors in the cluster info
+func validateClusterInfo(clusterName string, clusterInfo clientcmdapi.Cluster) []error {
+	validationErrors := make([]error, 0)
+
+	emptyCluster := clientcmdapi.NewCluster()
+	if reflect.DeepEqual(*emptyCluster, clusterInfo) {
+		return []error{ErrEmptyCluster}
+	}
+
+	if len(clusterInfo.Server) == 0 {
+		if len(clusterName) == 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("default cluster has no server defined"))
+		} else {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("no server found for cluster %q", clusterName))
+		}
+	}
+	if proxyURL := clusterInfo.ProxyURL; proxyURL != "" {
+		if _, err := parseProxyURL(proxyURL); err != nil {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("invalid 'proxy-url' %q for cluster %q: %w", proxyURL, clusterName, err))
+		}
+	}
+	// Make sure CA data and CA file aren't both specified
+	if len(clusterInfo.CertificateAuthority) != 0 && len(clusterInfo.CertificateAuthorityData) != 0 {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("certificate-authority-data and certificate-authority are both specified for %v. certificate-authority-data will override.", clusterName))
+	}
+	if len(clusterInfo.CertificateAuthority) != 0 {
+		clientCertCA, err := os.Open(clusterInfo.CertificateAuthority)
+		if err != nil {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("unable to read certificate-authority %v for %v due to %w", clusterInfo.CertificateAuthority, clusterName, err))
+		} else {
+			defer clientCertCA.Close()
+		}
+	}
+
+	return validationErrors
+}
+
+// validateAuthInfo looks for conflicts and errors in the auth info
+func validateAuthInfo(authInfoName string, authInfo clientcmdapi.AuthInfo) []error {
+	validationErrors := make([]error, 0)
+
+	usingAuthPath := false
+	methods := make([]string, 0, 3)
+	if len(authInfo.Token) != 0 {
+		methods = append(methods, "token")
+	}
+	if len(authInfo.Username) != 0 || len(authInfo.Password) != 0 {
+		methods = append(methods, "basicAuth")
+	}
+
+	if len(authInfo.ClientCertificate) != 0 || len(authInfo.ClientCertificateData) != 0 {
+		// Make sure cert data and file aren't both specified
+		if len(authInfo.ClientCertificate) != 0 && len(authInfo.ClientCertificateData) != 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("client-cert-data and client-cert are both specified for %v. client-cert-data will override.", authInfoName))
+		}
+		// Make sure key data and file aren't both specified
+		if len(authInfo.ClientKey) != 0 && len(authInfo.ClientKeyData) != 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("client-key-data and client-key are both specified for %v; client-key-data will override", authInfoName))
+		}
+		// Make sure a key is specified
+		if len(authInfo.ClientKey) == 0 && len(authInfo.ClientKeyData) == 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("client-key-data or client-key must be specified for %v to use the clientCert authentication method.", authInfoName))
+		}
+
+		if len(authInfo.ClientCertificate) != 0 {
+			clientCertFile, err := os.Open(authInfo.ClientCertificate)
+			if err != nil {
+				validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("unable to read client-cert %v for %v due to %w", authInfo.ClientCertificate, authInfoName, err))
+			} else {
+				defer clientCertFile.Close()
+			}
+		}
+		if len(authInfo.ClientKey) != 0 {
+			clientKeyFile, err := os.Open(authInfo.ClientKey)
+			if err != nil {
+				validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("unable to read client-key %v for %v due to %w", authInfo.ClientKey, authInfoName, err))
+			} else {
+				defer clientKeyFile.Close()
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if authInfo.Exec != nil {
+		if authInfo.AuthProvider != nil {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("authProvider cannot be provided in combination with an exec plugin for %s", authInfoName))
+		}
+		if len(authInfo.Exec.Command) == 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("command must be specified for %v to use exec authentication plugin", authInfoName))
+		}
+		if len(authInfo.Exec.APIVersion) == 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("apiVersion must be specified for %v to use exec authentication plugin", authInfoName))
+		}
+		for _, v := range authInfo.Exec.Env {
+			if len(v.Name) == 0 {
+				validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("env variable name must be specified for %v to use exec authentication plugin", authInfoName))
+			}
+		}
+		switch authInfo.Exec.InteractiveMode {
+		case "":
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("interactiveMode must be specified for %v to use exec authentication plugin", authInfoName))
+		case clientcmdapi.NeverExecInteractiveMode, clientcmdapi.IfAvailableExecInteractiveMode, clientcmdapi.AlwaysExecInteractiveMode:
+			// These are valid
+		default:
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("invalid interactiveMode for %v: %q", authInfoName, authInfo.Exec.InteractiveMode))
+		}
+	}
+
+	// authPath also provides information for the client to identify the server, so allow multiple auth methods in that case
+	if (len(methods) > 1) && (!usingAuthPath) {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("more than one authentication method found for %v; found %v, only one is allowed", authInfoName, methods))
+	}
+
+	// ImpersonateUID, ImpersonateGroups or ImpersonateUserExtra should be requested with a user
+	if (len(authInfo.ImpersonateUID) > 0 || len(authInfo.ImpersonateGroups) > 0 || len(authInfo.ImpersonateUserExtra) > 0) && (len(authInfo.Impersonate) == 0) {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("requesting uid, groups or user-extra for %v without impersonating a user", authInfoName))
+	}
+	return validationErrors
+}
+
+// validateContext looks for errors in the context.  It is not transitive, so errors in the reference authInfo or cluster configs are not included in this return
+func validateContext(contextName string, context clientcmdapi.Context, config clientcmdapi.Config) []error {
+	validationErrors := make([]error, 0)
+
+	if len(contextName) == 0 {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("empty context name for %#v is not allowed", context))
+	}
+
+	if len(context.AuthInfo) == 0 {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("user was not specified for context %q", contextName))
+	} else if _, exists := config.AuthInfos[context.AuthInfo]; !exists {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("user %q was not found for context %q", context.AuthInfo, contextName))
+	}
+
+	if len(context.Cluster) == 0 {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("cluster was not specified for context %q", contextName))
+	} else if _, exists := config.Clusters[context.Cluster]; !exists {
+		validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("cluster %q was not found for context %q", context.Cluster, contextName))
+	}
+
+	if len(context.Namespace) != 0 {
+		if len(validation.IsDNS1123Label(context.Namespace)) != 0 {
+			validationErrors = append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("namespace %q for context %q does not conform to the kubernetes DNS_LABEL rules", context.Namespace, contextName))
+		}
+	}
+
+	return validationErrors
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/metrics/OWNERS

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# See the OWNERS docs at https://go.k8s.io/owners
+
+reviewers:
+  - wojtek-t
+  - jayunit100

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/metrics/metrics.go

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+// Package metrics provides abstractions for registering which metrics
+// to record.
+package metrics
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net/url"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+)
+
+var registerMetrics sync.Once
+
+// DurationMetric is a measurement of some amount of time.
+type DurationMetric interface {
+	Observe(duration time.Duration)
+}
+
+// ExpiryMetric sets some time of expiry. If nil, assume not relevant.
+type ExpiryMetric interface {
+	Set(expiry *time.Time)
+}
+
+// LatencyMetric observes client latency partitioned by verb and url.
+type LatencyMetric interface {
+	Observe(ctx context.Context, verb string, u url.URL, latency time.Duration)
+}
+
+// SizeMetric observes client response size partitioned by verb and host.
+type SizeMetric interface {
+	Observe(ctx context.Context, verb string, host string, size float64)
+}
+
+// ResultMetric counts response codes partitioned by method and host.
+type ResultMetric interface {
+	Increment(ctx context.Context, code string, method string, host string)
+}
+
+// CallsMetric counts calls that take place for a specific exec plugin.
+type CallsMetric interface {
+	// Increment increments a counter per exitCode and callStatus.
+	Increment(exitCode int, callStatus string)
+}
+
+var (
+	// ClientCertExpiry is the expiry time of a client certificate
+	ClientCertExpiry ExpiryMetric = noopExpiry{}
+	// ClientCertRotationAge is the age of a certificate that has just been rotated.
+	ClientCertRotationAge DurationMetric = noopDuration{}
+	// RequestLatency is the latency metric that rest clients will update.
+	RequestLatency LatencyMetric = noopLatency{}
+	// RequestSize is the request size metric that rest clients will update.
+	RequestSize SizeMetric = noopSize{}
+	// ResponseSize is the response size metric that rest clients will update.
+	ResponseSize SizeMetric = noopSize{}
+	// RateLimiterLatency is the client side rate limiter latency metric.
+	RateLimiterLatency LatencyMetric = noopLatency{}
+	// RequestResult is the result metric that rest clients will update.
+	RequestResult ResultMetric = noopResult{}
+	// ExecPluginCalls is the number of calls made to an exec plugin, partitioned by
+	// exit code and call status.
+	ExecPluginCalls CallsMetric = noopCalls{}
+)
+
+// RegisterOpts contains all the metrics to register. Metrics may be nil.
+type RegisterOpts struct {
+	ClientCertExpiry      ExpiryMetric
+	ClientCertRotationAge DurationMetric
+	RequestLatency        LatencyMetric
+	RequestSize           SizeMetric
+	ResponseSize          SizeMetric
+	RateLimiterLatency    LatencyMetric
+	RequestResult         ResultMetric
+	ExecPluginCalls       CallsMetric
+}
+
+// Register registers metrics for the rest client to use. This can
+// only be called once.
+func Register(opts RegisterOpts) {
+	registerMetrics.Do(func() {
+		if opts.ClientCertExpiry != nil {
+			ClientCertExpiry = opts.ClientCertExpiry
+		}
+		if opts.ClientCertRotationAge != nil {
+			ClientCertRotationAge = opts.ClientCertRotationAge
+		}
+		if opts.RequestLatency != nil {
+			RequestLatency = opts.RequestLatency
+		}
+		if opts.RequestSize != nil {
+			RequestSize = opts.RequestSize
+		}
+		if opts.ResponseSize != nil {
+			ResponseSize = opts.ResponseSize
+		}
+		if opts.RateLimiterLatency != nil {
+			RateLimiterLatency = opts.RateLimiterLatency
+		}
+		if opts.RequestResult != nil {
+			RequestResult = opts.RequestResult
+		}
+		if opts.ExecPluginCalls != nil {
+			ExecPluginCalls = opts.ExecPluginCalls
+		}
+	})
+}
+
+type noopDuration struct{}
+
+func (noopDuration) Observe(time.Duration) {}
+
+type noopExpiry struct{}
+
+func (noopExpiry) Set(*time.Time) {}
+
+type noopLatency struct{}
+
+func (noopLatency) Observe(context.Context, string, url.URL, time.Duration) {}
+
+type noopSize struct{}
+
+func (noopSize) Observe(context.Context, string, string, float64) {}
+
+type noopResult struct{}
+
+func (noopResult) Increment(context.Context, string, string, string) {}
+
+type noopCalls struct{}
+
+func (noopCalls) Increment(int, string) {}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/pager/pager.go

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package pager
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/errors"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	metainternalversion "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/internalversion"
+	metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+	utilruntime "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/runtime"
+)
+
+const defaultPageSize = 500
+const defaultPageBufferSize = 10
+
+// ListPageFunc returns a list object for the given list options.
+type ListPageFunc func(ctx context.Context, opts metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error)
+
+// SimplePageFunc adapts a context-less list function into one that accepts a context.
+func SimplePageFunc(fn func(opts metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error)) ListPageFunc {
+	return func(ctx context.Context, opts metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, error) {
+		return fn(opts)
+	}
+}
+
+// ListPager assists client code in breaking large list queries into multiple
+// smaller chunks of PageSize or smaller. PageFn is expected to accept a
+// metav1.ListOptions that supports paging and return a list. The pager does
+// not alter the field or label selectors on the initial options list.
+type ListPager struct {
+	PageSize int64
+	PageFn   ListPageFunc
+
+	FullListIfExpired bool
+
+	// Number of pages to buffer
+	PageBufferSize int32
+}
+
+// New creates a new pager from the provided pager function using the default
+// options. It will fall back to a full list if an expiration error is encountered
+// as a last resort.
+func New(fn ListPageFunc) *ListPager {
+	return &ListPager{
+		PageSize:          defaultPageSize,
+		PageFn:            fn,
+		FullListIfExpired: true,
+		PageBufferSize:    defaultPageBufferSize,
+	}
+}
+
+// TODO: introduce other types of paging functions - such as those that retrieve from a list
+// of namespaces.
+
+// List returns a single list object, but attempts to retrieve smaller chunks from the
+// server to reduce the impact on the server. If the chunk attempt fails, it will load
+// the full list instead. The Limit field on options, if unset, will default to the page size.
+func (p *ListPager) List(ctx context.Context, options metav1.ListOptions) (runtime.Object, bool, error) {
+	if options.Limit == 0 {
+		options.Limit = p.PageSize
+	}
+	requestedResourceVersion := options.ResourceVersion
+	requestedResourceVersionMatch := options.ResourceVersionMatch
+	var list *metainternalversion.List
+	paginatedResult := false
+
+	for {
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			return nil, paginatedResult, ctx.Err()
+		default:
+		}
+
+		obj, err := p.PageFn(ctx, options)
+		if err != nil {
+			// Only fallback to full list if an "Expired" errors is returned, FullListIfExpired is true, and
+			// the "Expired" error occurred in page 2 or later (since full list is intended to prevent a pager.List from
+			// failing when the resource versions is established by the first page request falls out of the compaction
+			// during the subsequent list requests).
+			if !errors.IsResourceExpired(err) || !p.FullListIfExpired || options.Continue == "" {
+				return nil, paginatedResult, err
+			}
+			// the list expired while we were processing, fall back to a full list at
+			// the requested ResourceVersion.
+			options.Limit = 0
+			options.Continue = ""
+			options.ResourceVersion = requestedResourceVersion
+			options.ResourceVersionMatch = requestedResourceVersionMatch
+			result, err := p.PageFn(ctx, options)
+			return result, paginatedResult, err
+		}
+		m, err := meta.ListAccessor(obj)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, paginatedResult, fmt.Errorf("returned object must be a list: %v", err)
+		}
+
+		// exit early and return the object we got if we haven't processed any pages
+		if len(m.GetContinue()) == 0 && list == nil {
+			return obj, paginatedResult, nil
+		}
+
+		// initialize the list and fill its contents
+		if list == nil {
+			list = &metainternalversion.List{Items: make([]runtime.Object, 0, options.Limit+1)}
+			list.ResourceVersion = m.GetResourceVersion()
+			list.SelfLink = m.GetSelfLink()
+		}
+		if err := meta.EachListItem(obj, func(obj runtime.Object) error {
+			list.Items = append(list.Items, obj)
+			return nil
+		}); err != nil {
+			return nil, paginatedResult, err
+		}
+
+		// if we have no more items, return the list
+		if len(m.GetContinue()) == 0 {
+			return list, paginatedResult, nil
+		}
+
+		// set the next loop up
+		options.Continue = m.GetContinue()
+		// Clear the ResourceVersion(Match) on the subsequent List calls to avoid the
+		// `specifying resource version is not allowed when using continue` error.
+		// See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/85221#issuecomment-553748143.
+		options.ResourceVersion = ""
+		options.ResourceVersionMatch = ""
+		// At this point, result is already paginated.
+		paginatedResult = true
+	}
+}
+
+// EachListItem fetches runtime.Object items using this ListPager and invokes fn on each item. If
+// fn returns an error, processing stops and that error is returned. If fn does not return an error,
+// any error encountered while retrieving the list from the server is returned. If the context
+// cancels or times out, the context error is returned. Since the list is retrieved in paginated
+// chunks, an "Expired" error (metav1.StatusReasonExpired) may be returned if the pagination list
+// requests exceed the expiration limit of the apiserver being called.
+//
+// Items are retrieved in chunks from the server to reduce the impact on the server with up to
+// ListPager.PageBufferSize chunks buffered concurrently in the background.
+func (p *ListPager) EachListItem(ctx context.Context, options metav1.ListOptions, fn func(obj runtime.Object) error) error {
+	return p.eachListChunkBuffered(ctx, options, func(obj runtime.Object) error {
+		return meta.EachListItem(obj, fn)
+	})
+}
+
+// eachListChunkBuffered fetches runtimeObject list chunks using this ListPager and invokes fn on
+// each list chunk.  If fn returns an error, processing stops and that error is returned. If fn does
+// not return an error, any error encountered while retrieving the list from the server is
+// returned. If the context cancels or times out, the context error is returned. Since the list is
+// retrieved in paginated chunks, an "Expired" error (metav1.StatusReasonExpired) may be returned if
+// the pagination list requests exceed the expiration limit of the apiserver being called.
+//
+// Up to ListPager.PageBufferSize chunks are buffered concurrently in the background.
+func (p *ListPager) eachListChunkBuffered(ctx context.Context, options metav1.ListOptions, fn func(obj runtime.Object) error) error {
+	if p.PageBufferSize < 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("ListPager.PageBufferSize must be >= 0, got %d", p.PageBufferSize)
+	}
+
+	// Ensure background goroutine is stopped if this call exits before all list items are
+	// processed. Cancelation error from this deferred cancel call is never returned to caller;
+	// either the list result has already been sent to bgResultC or the fn error is returned and
+	// the cancelation error is discarded.
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
+	defer cancel()
+
+	chunkC := make(chan runtime.Object, p.PageBufferSize)
+	bgResultC := make(chan error, 1)
+	go func() {
+		defer utilruntime.HandleCrash()
+
+		var err error
+		defer func() {
+			close(chunkC)
+			bgResultC <- err
+		}()
+		err = p.eachListChunk(ctx, options, func(chunk runtime.Object) error {
+			select {
+			case chunkC <- chunk: // buffer the chunk, this can block
+			case <-ctx.Done():
+				return ctx.Err()
+			}
+			return nil
+		})
+	}()
+
+	for o := range chunkC {
+		err := fn(o)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err // any fn error should be returned immediately
+		}
+	}
+	// promote the results of our background goroutine to the foreground
+	return <-bgResultC
+}
+
+// eachListChunk fetches runtimeObject list chunks using this ListPager and invokes fn on each list
+// chunk. If fn returns an error, processing stops and that error is returned. If fn does not return
+// an error, any error encountered while retrieving the list from the server is returned. If the
+// context cancels or times out, the context error is returned. Since the list is retrieved in
+// paginated chunks, an "Expired" error (metav1.StatusReasonExpired) may be returned if the
+// pagination list requests exceed the expiration limit of the apiserver being called.
+func (p *ListPager) eachListChunk(ctx context.Context, options metav1.ListOptions, fn func(obj runtime.Object) error) error {
+	if options.Limit == 0 {
+		options.Limit = p.PageSize
+	}
+	for {
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			return ctx.Err()
+		default:
+		}
+
+		obj, err := p.PageFn(ctx, options)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		m, err := meta.ListAccessor(obj)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("returned object must be a list: %v", err)
+		}
+		if err := fn(obj); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		// if we have no more items, return.
+		if len(m.GetContinue()) == 0 {
+			return nil
+		}
+		// set the next loop up
+		options.Continue = m.GetContinue()
+	}
+}

vendor/k8s.io/client-go/tools/reference/ref.go

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2014 The Kubernetes Authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+*/
+
+package reference
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"k8s.io/api/core/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/meta"
+	metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime"
+)
+
+var (
+	// Errors that could be returned by GetReference.
+	ErrNilObject = errors.New("can't reference a nil object")
+)
+
+// GetReference returns an ObjectReference which refers to the given
+// object, or an error if the object doesn't follow the conventions
+// that would allow this.
+// TODO: should take a meta.Interface see http://issue.k8s.io/7127
+func GetReference(scheme *runtime.Scheme, obj runtime.Object) (*v1.ObjectReference, error) {
+	if obj == nil {
+		return nil, ErrNilObject
+	}
+	if ref, ok := obj.(*v1.ObjectReference); ok {
+		// Don't make a reference to a reference.
+		return ref, nil
+	}
+
+	// An object that implements only List has enough metadata to build a reference
+	var listMeta metav1.Common
+	objectMeta, err := meta.Accessor(obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		listMeta, err = meta.CommonAccessor(obj)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	} else {
+		listMeta = objectMeta
+	}
+
+	gvk := obj.GetObjectKind().GroupVersionKind()
+
+	// If object meta doesn't contain data about kind and/or version,
+	// we are falling back to scheme.
+	//
+	// TODO: This doesn't work for CRDs, which are not registered in scheme.
+	if gvk.Empty() {
+		gvks, _, err := scheme.ObjectKinds(obj)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		if len(gvks) == 0 || gvks[0].Empty() {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected gvks registered for object %T: %v", obj, gvks)
+		}
+		// TODO: The same object can be registered for multiple group versions
+		// (although in practise this doesn't seem to be used).
+		// In such case, the version set may not be correct.
+		gvk = gvks[0]
+	}
+
+	kind := gvk.Kind
+	version := gvk.GroupVersion().String()
+
+	// only has list metadata
+	if objectMeta == nil {
+		return &v1.ObjectReference{
+			Kind:            kind,
+			APIVersion:      version,
+			ResourceVersion: listMeta.GetResourceVersion(),
+		}, nil
+	}
+
+	return &v1.ObjectReference{
+		Kind:            kind,
+		APIVersion:      version,
+		Name:            objectMeta.GetName(),
+		Namespace:       objectMeta.GetNamespace(),
+		UID:             objectMeta.GetUID(),
+		ResourceVersion: objectMeta.GetResourceVersion(),
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// GetPartialReference is exactly like GetReference, but allows you to set the FieldPath.
+func GetPartialReference(scheme *runtime.Scheme, obj runtime.Object, fieldPath string) (*v1.ObjectReference, error) {
+	ref, err := GetReference(scheme, obj)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	ref.FieldPath = fieldPath
+	return ref, nil
+}